2013 Half-Year Results

Lloyds Banking Group plc



6-K










 
 

 

 

 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM 6-K 

REPORT OF FOREIGN PRIVATE ISSUER
PURSUANT TO RULE 13A-16 OR 15D-16
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

2 AUGUST 2013


LLOYDS BANKING GROUP plc

(Translation of registrant's name into English)

25 Gresham Street
London
EC2V 7HN
United Kingdom

(Address of principal executive offices)

 


Indicate by check mark whether the registrant files or will file annual reports under cover of Form 20-F or Form 40-F.

Form 20-F S     Form 40-F  £

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101 (b) (1) ________.

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101 (b) (7) ________.


This report on Form 6-K shall be deemed incorporated by reference into the company's Registration Statement on Form F-3 (File Nos. 333-189150 and 333-189150-01) and to be a part thereof from the date on which this report is filed, to the extent not superseded by documents or reports subsequently filed or furnished.





 
 
 
 


EXPLANATORY NOTE

This report on Form 6-K contains the interim report of Lloyds Banking Group plc, which includes the unaudited consolidated interim results for the half-year ended 30 June 2013, and is being incorporated by reference into the Registration Statement with File Nos. 333-189150 and 333-189150 -01.




 
 

 



BASIS OF PRESENTATION
This report covers the results of Lloyds Banking Group plc (the Company) together with its subsidiaries (the Group) for the half-year ended 30 June 2013.
Statutory basis
Statutory results are set out on pages 76 to 134.  However, a number of factors have had a significant effect on the comparability of the Group’s financial position and results.  As a result, comparison on a statutory basis of the 2013 results with 2012 is of limited benefit.
Underlying basis
In order to present a more meaningful view of business performance, the results of the Group and divisions are presented on an underlying basis.  The key principles adopted in the preparation of the underlying basis of reporting are described below.
·  In order to reflect the impact of the acquisition of HBOS, the following have been excluded:
–   the amortisation of purchased intangible assets; and
–   the unwind of acquisition-related fair value adjustments.
·  The following items, not related to acquisition accounting, have also been excluded from underlying profit:
–   the effects of certain asset sales, liability management and volatile items;
–   volatility arising in insurance businesses;
–   Simplification costs;
–   EC mandated retail business disposal costs;
–   payment protection insurance;
–   insurance gross up;
–   certain past service pensions credits in respect of the Group’s defined benefit pension schemes; and
–   other regulatory provisions
The financial statements have been restated following the implementation of IAS 19R Employee Benefits and IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements with effect from 1 January 2013.  Further details are shown on page 116.
 
Unless otherwise stated income statement commentaries throughout this document compare the half-year to 30 June 2013 to the half-year to 30 June 2012, and the balance sheet analysis compares the Group balance sheet as at 30 June 2013 to the Group balance sheet as at 31 December 2012.

FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS
This announcement contains forward looking statements with respect to the business, strategy and plans of the Lloyds Banking Group, its current goals and expectations relating to its future financial condition and performance.  Statements that are not historical facts, including statements about the Group or the Group’s management’s beliefs and expectations, are forward looking statements.  By their nature, forward looking statements involve risk and uncertainty because they relate to future events and circumstances that will or may occur.  The Group’s actual future business, strategy, plans and/or results may differ materially from those expressed or implied in these forward looking statements as a result of a variety of factors, including, but not limited to, UK domestic and global economic and business conditions; the ability to derive cost savings and other benefits, including as a result of the Group’s Simplification programme; and to access sufficient funding to meet the Group’s liquidity needs; changes to the Group’s credit ratings; risks concerning borrower or counterparty credit quality; instability in the global financial markets, including Eurozone instability and the impact of any sovereign credit rating downgrade or other sovereign financial issues; market-related risks including changes in interest rates and exchange rates; changing demographic and market-related trends; changes in customer preferences; changes to laws, regulation, accounting standards or taxation, including changes to regulatory capital or liquidity requirements; the policies and actions of governmental or regulatory authorities in the UK, the European Union, or other jurisdictions in which the Group operates, including the US; the implementation of Recovery and Resolution Directive and banking reform following the recommendations made by the Independent Commission on Banking; the ability to attract and retain senior management and other employees; requirements or limitations imposed on the Group as a result of HM Treasury’s investment in the Group; the ability to satisfactorily dispose of certain assets or otherwise meet the Group’s EC state aid obligations; the extent of any future impairment charges or write-downs caused by depressed asset valuations, market disruptions and illiquid markets; the effects of competition and the actions of competitors, including non-bank financial services and lending companies; exposure to regulatory scrutiny, legal proceedings, regulatory investigations or complaints, and other factors.  Please refer to the latest Annual Report on Form 20-F filed with the US Securities and Exchange Commission for a discussion of certain factors together with examples of forward looking statements.  The forward looking statements contained in this announcement are made as at the date of this announcement, and the Group undertakes no obligation to update any of its forward looking statements.
 
 
 
 

 
 
CONTENTS

 
Page 
Summary of results
   
Statutory information (IFRS)
 
Consolidated income statement
Summary consolidated balance sheet
Review of results
   
Underlying basis information
 
Segmental analysis of profit (loss) before tax by division (unaudited)
Group profit reconciliations
Divisional performance
 
Retail
Commercial Banking
12 
Wealth, Asset Finance and International
15 
Insurance
19 
Group Operations
23 
Central items
23 
   
Additional information on an underlying basis
24 
St. James’s Place plc
24 
Banking net interest margin
25 
Volatility arising in insurance businesses
26 
Number of employees (full-time equivalent)
27 
   
Risk management
28 
Risk management approach
29 
Principal risks and uncertainties
30 
   
Statutory information
76 
Condensed consolidated half-year financial statements (unaudited)
 
Consolidated income statement
77 
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
78 
Consolidated balance sheet
79 
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
81 
Consolidated cash flow statement
84 
Notes
85 
 
 

 
 

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC
 
SUMMARY OF RESULTS
 
   
Half-year 
to 30 June 
2013 
 
Half-year 
to 30 June 
20121
 
Change 
since 
30 June 
2012 
 
Half-year 
to 31 Dec 
20121
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
 
£m 
                 
Statutory results (IFRS)
               
Total income, net of insurance claims
 
10,385 
 
8,968 
 
16 
 
11,549 
Total operating expenses
 
(6,568)
 
(6,696)
 
 
(9,278)
Trading surplus
 
3,817 
 
2,272 
 
68 
 
2,271 
Impairment
 
(1,683)
 
(2,728)
 
38 
 
(2,421)
Profit (loss) before tax
 
2,134 
 
(456)
     
(150)
Profit (loss) attributable to equity shareholders
 
1,560 
 
(697)
     
(774)
Basic earnings (loss) per share
 
2.2p 
 
(1.0)p
     
(1.1)p
                 
Underlying basis (page 7)
               
Underlying profit
 
2,902 
 
1,044 
     
1,521 


Capital and balance sheet
 
At 
30 June 
2013 
 
At 
31 Dec 
20121
 
Change 
since 
31 Dec 
2012 
             
Statutory
           
Loans and advances to customers2
 
£503.9bn 
 
£512.1bn 
 
(2)
Customer deposits3
 
£430.6bn 
 
£422.5bn 
 
Loan to deposit ratio4
 
117% 
 
121% 
   
             
Risk-weighted assets
 
£288.7bn 
 
£310.3bn 
 
(7)
Core tier 1 capital ratio
 
13.7% 
 
12.0% 
   

1
Restated – see note 1 on page 85.
2
Excludes reverse repos of £1.9 billion (31 December 2012: £5.1 billion).
3
Excludes repos of £3.0 billion (31 December 2012: £4.4 billion).
4
Loans and advances to customers (excluding reverse repos) divided by customer deposits (excluding repos).

 
Page 1 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


STATUTORY INFORMATION (IFRS)

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT

       
Half-year 
to 30 June 
2013 
 
Half-year 
to 30 June 
20121
 
Half-year 
to 31 Dec 
20121
   
Note 
 
£ million 
 
£ million 
 
£ million 
                 
Interest and similar income
     
10,751 
 
12,734 
 
10,814 
Interest and similar expense
     
(7,481)
 
(8,470)
 
(7,360)
Net interest income
     
3,270 
 
4,264 
 
3,454 
Fee and commission income
     
2,194 
 
2,353 
 
2,297 
Fee and commission expense
     
(730)
 
(751)
 
(693)
Net fee and commission income
     
1,464 
 
1,602 
 
1,604 
Net trading income
     
11,015 
 
4,546 
 
10,459 
Insurance premium income
     
3,851 
 
4,183 
 
4,101 
Other operating income
     
2,472 
 
1,661 
 
3,039 
Other income
 
 
18,802 
 
11,992 
 
19,203 
Total income
     
22,072 
 
16,256 
 
22,657 
Insurance claims
     
(11,687)
 
(7,288)
 
(11,108)
Total income, net of insurance claims
     
10,385 
 
8,968 
 
11,549 
Regulatory provisions
     
(575)
 
(1,075)
 
(3,100)
Other operating expenses
     
(5,993)
 
(5,621)
 
(6,178)
Total operating expenses
 
 
(6,568)
 
(6,696)
 
(9,278)
Trading surplus
     
3,817 
 
2,272 
 
2,271
Impairment
 
 
(1,683)
 
(2,728)
 
(2,421)
Profit (loss) before tax
     
2,134 
 
(456)
 
(150)
Taxation
 
 
(556)
 
(206)
 
(575)
Profit (loss) for the period
     
1,578 
 
(662)
 
(725)
                 
Profit attributable to non-controlling interests
     
18 
 
35 
 
49 
Profit (loss) attributable to equity shareholders
     
1,560 
 
(697)
 
(774)
Profit (loss) for the period
     
1,578 
 
(662)
 
(725)

1
Restated – see note 1 on page 85.


 
Page 2 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

   
At 
30 June 
2013 
 
At 
31 Dec 
20121
Assets
 
£ million 
 
£ million 
         
Cash and balances at central banks
 
60,555 
 
80,298 
Trading and other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
 
140,658 
 
160,620 
Derivative financial instruments
 
43,440 
 
56,557 
Loans and receivables:
       
Loans and advances to banks
 
32,593 
 
32,757 
Loans and advances to customers
 
505,784 
 
517,225 
Debt securities
 
1,690 
 
5,273 
   
540,067 
 
555,255 
Available-for-sale financial assets
 
36,495 
 
31,374 
Other assets
 
55,564 
 
50,117 
Total assets
 
876,779 
 
934,221 


Liabilities
       
Deposits from banks
 
14,226 
 
38,405 
Customer deposits
 
433,559 
 
426,912 
Trading and other financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
 
40,673 
 
33,392 
Derivative financial instruments
 
36,601 
 
48,676 
Debt securities in issue
 
106,347 
 
117,253 
Liabilities arising from insurance and investment contracts
 
112,260 
 
137,592 
Subordinated liabilities
 
34,235 
 
34,092 
Other liabilities
 
55,191 
 
55,318 
Total liabilities
 
833,092 
 
891,640 
         
Total equity
 
43,687 
 
42,581
         
Total equity and liabilities
 
876,779 
 
934,221 

1
Restated – see note 1 on page 85.

Review of results

The Group recorded a profit before tax of £2,134 million for the half-year to 30 June 2013 compared to a loss before tax of £456 million for the half-year to 30 June 2012.

Total income net of insurance claims increased by £1,417 million, or 16 per cent, to £10,385 million for the half-year to 30 June 2013 from £8,968 million in the half-year to 30 June 2012.

Net interest income decreased by £994 million, or 23 per cent, to £3,270 million in the half-year to 30 June 2013 compared to £4,264 million in the same period in 2012.  This decrease reflected an increase of £955 million in the charge within net interest income for amounts allocated to unit holders in Open-Ended Investment Companies, from £847 million in the half-year to 30 June 2012 to £1,802 million in the six months to 30 June 2013.  Excluding this charge, net interest income was £39 million, or 1 per cent, lower at £5,072 million in the half-year to 30 June 2013 compared to £5,111 million in the same period in 2012.  There was negative impact from lower lending volumes; however the net interest margin on relationship lending and similar interest-earning assets improved, mainly driven by lower deposit pricing, an improved funding mix, and a lower than expected negative impact from the Group’s structural hedge.  These factors more than offset the drag on income from the repositioning of the Group’s government bond portfolio and pressure on asset pricing.

 
Page 3 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


Review of results (continued)

Other income increased by £6,810 million to £18,802 million in the half-year to 30 June 2013, compared to £11,992 million in the same period in 2012, largely due to a £6,469 million improvement in net trading income, comprising a £5,906 million increase in the insurance businesses together with a £563 million increase in the banking businesses.  The increase in the insurance businesses was driven by the impact of market conditions on the policyholder assets within those businesses, relative to the half-year to 30 June 2012, particularly strong equity markets.  These market movements were largely offset in the Group’s income statement by a £4,399 million increase in the insurance claims expense, to £11,687 million in the half-year to 30 June 2013 compared to £7,288 million in the half-year to 30 June 2012, and the impact on net interest income of amounts allocated to unit holders in Open-Ended Investment Companies.  Net trading income within the Group’s banking operations was a profit of £369 million for the half-year to 30 June 2013 compared to a loss of £194 million in the half-year to 30 June 2012 following a £210 million reduction in mark-to-market losses on the Group’s debt securities in issue held at fair value through profit or loss and improved experience on volatile items managed centrally.  Net fee and commission income was £138 million, or 9 per cent, lower at £1,464 million in the half-year to 30 June 2013 compared to £1,602 million in the half-year to 30 June 2012; a £12 million increase in credit and debit card fees was more than offset by a £27 million decrease in current account fees and a £144 million decrease in other fees.  Insurance premium income was £332 million, or 8 per cent, lower at £3,851 million in the half-year to 30 June 2013 compared to £4,183 million in the same period in 2012; with long-term assurance premiums down £271 million and general insurance premiums being £61 million lower.  Other operating income was £811 million higher at £2,472 million in the half-year to 30 June 2013 compared to £1,661 million in the same period in 2012, which partly reflected a gain of £433 million on the sale of two tranches of the Group’s shareholding in St. James’s Place plc, a gain of £538 million arising on the sale of a portfolio of US residential mortgage-backed securities, a loss of £256 million in relation to the sale of the Group’s Spanish retail banking operations and a benefit from a change in methodology for calculating discount rates in the Group’s long-term assurance businesses.

Total operating expenses decreased by £128 million, or 2 per cent, to £6,568 million in the half-year to 30 June 2013 compared to £6,696 million in the half-year to 30 June 2012; reflecting a reduced regulatory provisions charge partly offset by the inclusion of a £104 million charge following changes in certain actuarial factors affecting the calculation of benefits in the Group’s main defined benefit schemes in the half-year to 30 June 2013 compared to a past service pension credit of £250 million in the half-year to 30 June 2012.  Excluding these items, operating expenses increased by £18 million to £5,889 million in the half-year to 30 June 2013 compared to £5,871 million in the half-year to 30 June 2012.

Impairment losses decreased by £1,045 million, or 38 per cent, to £1,683 million in the half-year to 30 June 2013 compared to £2,728 million in the half-year to 30 June 2012.  The lower charge reflected the substantial reductions in the portfolios of assets which are outside of the Group’s risk appetite, in Commercial Banking and in Wealth, Asset Finance and International, partly offset by the impact of releases elsewhere in the Commercial Banking portfolio in the first half of 2012 which were not repeated in 2013.

On the balance sheet, total assets were £57,442 million, or 6 per cent, lower at £876,779 million at 30 June 2013, compared to £934,221 million at 31 December 2012, reflecting the sale of part of the Group’s holding in St. James’s Place and continuing rundown of assets which are outside of the Group’s risk appetite.  Loans and advances to customers decreased by £11,441 million, or 2 per cent, from £517,225 million at 31 December 2012 to £505,784 million at 30 June 2013, reflecting the rundown of assets outside of the Group’s risk appetite.  Within liabilities, customer deposits increased by £6,647 million, or 2 per cent, to £433,559 million compared to £426,912 million at 31 December 2012, following growth in deposit balances.  Overall funding requirements were reduced: deposits from banks were £24,179 million lower at £14,226 million at 30 June 2013 compared to £38,405 million at 31 December 2012; debt securities in issue were £10,906 million, or 9 per cent, lower at £106,347 million compared to £117,253 million at 31 December 2012.  Equity increased by £1,106 million, from £42,581 million at 31 December 2012 to £43,687 million at 30 June 2013, principally as a result of the profit attributable to equity shareholders and the post-retirement defined benefit scheme remeasurement recorded in the period.

 
Page 4 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


Review of results (continued)

The Group's core tier 1 capital ratio increased to 13.7 per cent at the end of June 2013 from 12.0 per cent at the end of December 2012 (before pension accounting restatements), principally driven by a reduction in risk-weighted assets and the retained profit for the period, more than offsetting the adverse impact of the implementation of pension accounting changes (IAS 19R).  The total capital ratio increased to 20.4 per cent from 17.3 per cent (before pension accounting restatements) at 31 December 2012.

The Group announced on 24 April 2013 that, following the withdrawal of the Co-Operative Group from the sale process, it now intends to complete the EC mandated retail business disposal (Verde) through an Initial Public Offering (IPO), subject to regulatory and EC approval, having maintained this option throughout the process to ensure best value for shareholders and certainty for customers and colleagues.  The Group has already made good progress in the creation of Verde as a stand-alone bank with a strong management team already in place and good progress made in creating segregated IT systems on the proven Lloyds Banking Group platform.  Detailed plans are in place for a rebranding of the business as TSB which will be visible on the High Street during the summer of 2013, at which point the TSB Bank (Verde) will operate as a separate business within Lloyds Banking Group.


 
Page 5 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


SEGMENTAL ANALYSIS OF PROFIT (LOSS) BEFORE TAX BY DIVISION (UNAUDITED)

Underlying basis
   
Half-year 
to 30 June 
2013 
 
Half-year 
to 30 June 
20121
 
Half-year 
to 31 Dec  20121
   
£ million 
 
£ million 
 
£ million 
             
Retail
 
1,636 
 
1,472 
 
1,716 
Commercial Banking
 
634 
 
(83)
 
(241)
Wealth, Asset Finance and International
 
(101)
 
(706)
 
(223)
Insurance
 
564 
 
502 
 
605 
Other
 
169 
 
(141)
 
(336)
Underlying profit before tax
 
2,902 
 
1,044 
 
1,521 

1
Restated – see note 1 on page 85.

The Group Executive Committee (GEC), which is the chief operating decision maker for the Group, reviews the Group’s internal reporting based around these segments (which reflect the Group’s organisational and management structures) in order to assess the performance and allocate resources; this reporting is on an underlying profit before tax basis.  The GEC believes that this basis better represents the performance of the Group.  IFRS 8 requires that the Group present its segmental profit before tax on the basis reviewed by the chief operating decision maker that is most consistent with the measurement principles used in measuring the Group’s statutory profit before tax.  Accordingly, the Group presents its segmental underlying basis profit before tax in note 2 on page 87 of its financial statements in compliance with IFRS 8 Operating Segments.

The aggregate total of the underlying basis segmental results constitutes a non-GAAP measure as defined in the United States Securities and Exchange Commission’s Regulation G. Management uses the aggregate and segmental underlying profit before tax, both non-GAAP measures, as measures of performance and believes that they provide important information for investors because they are comparable representations of the Group’s performance.  Profit before tax is the comparable GAAP measure to aggregate underlying profit before tax; the table below sets out the reconciliation of this non-GAAP measure to its comparable GAAP measure.



 
Page 6 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


GROUP PROFIT RECONCILIATIONS

   
Half-year 
to 30 June 
2013 
 
Half-year 
to 30 June 
20121
 
Half-year 
to 31 Dec 
20121
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
             
Underlying profit
 
2,902 
 
1,044 
 
1,521 
Asset sales
 
775 
 
585 
 
1,962 
Liability management
 
(97)
 
168 
 
(397)
Own debt volatility
 
(166)
 
(387)
 
117 
Other volatile items
 
(136)
 
(422)
 
(56)
Volatility arising in insurance businesses
 
485 
 
(21)
 
333 
Fair value unwind
 
36 
 
157 
 
493 
Simplification and EC mandated retail business disposal costs
 
(786)
 
(513)
 
(733)
Payment protection insurance provision
 
(500)
 
(1,075)
 
(2,500)
Other regulatory provisions
 
(75)
 
– 
 
(650)
Past service pensions (charge) credit
 
(104)
 
250 
 
– 
Amortisation of purchased intangibles
 
(200)
 
(242)
 
(240)
Profit (loss) before tax – statutory
 
2,134 
 
(456)
 
(150)

1
Restated – see note 1 on page 85.

Asset sales
Asset sales include the gains on the sale of government securities of £780 million (half-year to 30 June 2012: £658 million) as the Group continued to reposition the available-for-sale portfolio of Government securities and a net loss of £5 million, after related fair value unwind of £1,345 million (half-year to 30 June 2012: loss of £73 million, including fair value unwind benefits of £603 million) from the rundown of assets which were outside of the Group’s risk appetite.  The net loss in the half-year to 30 June 2013 included a loss of £256 million in relation to the sale of the Group’s Spanish retail banking operations and a profit of £538 million from the sale of a portfolio of US Retail Mortgage-Backed Securities.

Liability management
Losses of £97 million arose on transactions undertaken as part of the Group’s management of wholesale funding and capital; this compares to a gain of £168 million relating to the exchange of certain capital securities for other subordinated debt instruments in the half-year to 30 June 2012.

Own debt volatility
Own debt volatility includes a £5 million gain relating to the change in fair value of the small proportion of the Group’s wholesale funding which was designated at fair value at inception, this compares to a £205 million charge in the first half of 2012.  Own debt volatility also includes a £142 million (half-year to 30 June 2012: £152 million) charge relating to the change in fair value of the equity conversion feature of the Enhanced Capital Notes, which principally reflects the ongoing amortisation of the value of the conversion feature over its life.

Other volatile items
Other volatile items includes the change in fair value of interest rate derivatives and foreign exchange hedges in the banking book not mitigated through hedge accounting, resulting in a charge of £79 million (a charge of £499 million was incurred in the first half of 2012 and reflected the volatile market conditions that resulted in substantial changes in interest and foreign exchange rates in that period).  Other volatile items also include a negative net derivative valuation adjustment of £57 million (half-year ended 30 June 2012: a credit of £77 million), reflecting movements in the market implied credit risk associated with customer derivative balances.

Volatility arising in insurance businesses
The Group's statutory result before tax is affected by insurance volatility, caused by movements in financial markets, and policyholder interests volatility, which primarily reflects the gross up of policyholder tax included in the Group tax charge.  In the first half of 2013 the Group’s statutory result before tax included positive insurance and policyholder interests volatility totalling £485 million (reflecting the rise in equity markets in the period) compared to negative volatility of £21 million in the first half of 2012.  Further detail is given in note 3 on page 26.)

 
Page 7 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


GROUP PROFIT RECONCILIATIONS (continued)

Fair value unwind
This comprises a gain of £36 million (half-year to 30 June 2012: a gain of £157 million) relating to an unwind of acquisition-related fair value adjustments.  The unwind of fair value relating to assets disposed in the period is included in the asset sales line.

Simplification and EC mandated retail business disposal costs
The costs of the Simplification programme in the first half of 2013 were £409 million (half-year to 30 June 2012: £274 million), with a total of £1,270 million spent to date.  These costs related to severance, IT and business costs of implementation.  A further 2,740 FTE role reductions were announced in the first half of 2013, taking the total to 9,730 since the start of the programme.  Simplification of the Group’s business operations continues through reduction in management layers and increasing spans of control as well as restructuring business units.

The Group continues to progress the EC mandated business disposal (Verde) through an Initial Public Offering (IPO) and it is expected that the IPO will be subject to regulatory and EC approval.  The Group continues to target the completion of an IPO in mid-2014.  Detailed plans are in place to rebrand the business as TSB which will be visible on the High Street from September this year, at which point the TSB Bank will operate as a separate business within Lloyds Banking Group.  Costs relating to Verde in the first half of 2013 were £377 million (half-year to 30 June 2012: £239 million) and from inception to date total £1,159 million.

Payment protection insurance (PPI)
The volume of PPI complaints has continued to fall in line with expectations, with monthly complaint volumes in the first half of 2013 on average 40 per cent below the level experienced in the second half of 2012.  However, costs have been higher than expected due to the acceleration of the settlement of cases currently held with the Financial Ombudsman Service, a VAT ruling and higher uphold and settlement rates.  The Group has also increased its estimate of future administration costs.  The Group is therefore increasing the provision by £450 million in relation to these items in the half-year to 30 June 2013, with around £250 million of this increase relating to redress costs and about £200 million to additional administration costs.

The Group has also been informed that it has been referred to the Enforcement Team of the Financial Conduct Authority for investigation over the governance of a third party supplier and failings in the PPI complaint handling process.  A provision of £50 million has been made in the half-year to 30 June 2013 with regards to the likely administration costs of this exercise.

Other regulatory provisions
Clerical Medical Investment Group Limited (CMIG) has received a number of claims in the German courts, relating to policies issued by CMIG but sold by independent intermediaries in Germany, principally during the late 1990s and early 2000s.  Following decisions in July 2012 from the Federal Court of Justice in Germany the Group recognised a further provision of £150 million in its accounts for the year ended 31 December 2012 bringing the total amount provided to £325 million.  During the half-year to 30 June 2013 the Group has charged a further £75 million with respect to this litigation increasing the total provision to £400 million.

Past service pensions (charge) credit
The Group recognised a charge of £104 million in the half-year to 30 June 2013 as a result of changes to early retirement and commutation factors in two of its principal defined benefit schemes.  In the first half of 2012, the Group had recognised a credit of £250 million related to a change in policy in respect of discretionary pension increases.

Amortisation of purchased intangibles
A total of £4,650 million of customer-related intangibles, brands, core deposit intangibles and purchased credit card relationships were recognised on the acquisition of HBOS in 2009 and these are being amortised over their estimated useful lives, where this has been determined to be finite.  This has resulted in a charge of £200 million in the half-year to 30 June 2013 (half-year to 30 June 2012: £242 million; half-year to 31 December 2012: £240 million).

The customer-related intangibles include customer lists and the benefits of customer relationships that generate recurring income.  The purchased credit card relationships represent the benefit of recurring income generated from the portfolio of credit cards purchased and the core deposit intangible is the benefit derived from a large stable deposit base that has low interest rates.

 
Page 8 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC

DIVISIONAL PERFORMANCE

RETAIL

 
Key highlights
 
·
In the first half of 2013, Retail made significant progress in delivering the Group’s customer-led strategy, with continued investment in products and across all channels, including digital, which now has over 10 million active users.
 
·
Underlying profit increased 11 per cent to £1,636 million, driven by a reduction in the impairment charge of 16 per cent with revenues stabilising with strong margin management, more than offsetting continued customer deleveraging.  Return on risk-weighted assets increased to 3.51 per cent from 2.92 per cent at 30 June 2012.
 
·
Loans and advances to customers decreased by 1 per cent compared to 31 December 2012.  Customer de-leveraging slowed in the first half of the year.  Customer deposits grew 1 per cent (3 per cent compared to 30 June 2012) with balances in the Group’s relationship brands up 6 per cent in the last 12 months.
 
·
Customer complaints (excluding PPI) reduced 30 per cent to 1 per 1,000 accounts and customer service scores continued to increase across all brands.
 
·
As the largest UK retail bank, the Group remains committed to meeting the needs of its customers and supporting the UK economy helping one in four first-time buyers and being strong supporters of government initiatives such as NewBuy and Help to Buy.
 
·
Retail remains committed to supporting communities across the UK, participating in Group initiatives such as National School Sport week and raising funds for the Group’s charity of the year with Lloyds TSB colleagues raising almost £100,000 for the Alzheimer’s Society’s Live Well campaign during Dementia Awareness Week alone.

 
Half-year 
to 30 June 
2013 
 
Half-year 
to 30 June 
20121
 
Change 
since 
30 June 
2012 
 
Half-year 
to 31 Dec 
2012 
 
Change 
since 
31 Dec 
2012 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
 
£m 
 
                     
Net interest income
 
3,590 
 
3,553 
 
 
3,642 
 
(1)
Other income
 
728 
 
766 
 
(5)
 
696 
 
Total underlying income
 
4,318 
 
4,319 
     
4,338 
   
Total costs
 
(2,046)
 
(2,089)
 
 
(2,110)
 
Impairment
 
(636)
 
(758)
 
16 
 
(512)
 
(24)
Underlying profit
 
1,636 
 
1,472 
 
11 
 
1,716 
 
(5)
                     
Banking net interest margin
 
2.14% 
 
2.05% 
 
9bp 
 
2.11% 
 
3bp 
Impairment charge as a % of average advances
 
0.37% 
 
0.43% 
 
(6)bp 
 
0.29% 
 
8bp 
Return on risk-weighted assets
 
3.51% 
 
2.92% 
 
59bp 
 
3.50% 
 
1bp 

1
Restated.

   
At 
30 June 
2013 
 
At 
31 Dec 
2012 
 
Change 
Key balance sheet items
 
£bn 
 
£bn 
 
             
Loans and advances to customers excluding reverse repos
 
340.5 
 
343.3 
 
(1)
Customer deposits excluding repos
 
263.2 
 
260.8 
 
Total customer balances
 
603.7 
 
604.1 
   
             
Risk-weighted assets
 
91.6 
 
95.5 
 
(4)


 
Page 9 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


 
RETAIL (continued)

Progress against strategic initiatives
The Group’s goal is to be the best bank for customers in the UK.  Customer service scores were 11 per cent higher in the first half of 2013 compared to prior year, with record levels being reached across all channels.  This improvement is being supported by increased focus on products and services that meet customer needs, and more effective delivery processes.  As a result, Retail again made excellent progress in reducing customer complaints which are 30 per cent lower in the period, excluding PPI.  By continuing to invest in customers and growth, Retail is now strongly positioned as economic conditions start to improve.  Later this year, the Group will be re-launching the iconic Lloyds Bank brand to deliver an improved customer experience and choice to customers and introducing TSB as a new brand on the high street, creating fresh competition in the market place.

Retail is investing in the different channels used by customers to interact with the Group.  The Group is upgrading the branch networks with over 1,000 new refurbishments completed since the strategic review.  Customers will also benefit from extended opening hours at Lloyds TSB and Bank of Scotland branches, the availability of ‘welcoming’ colleagues to receive customers into branches and the installation of WiFi and tablets in a number of Lloyds TSB and Halifax branches to enhance and simplify the customer experience.  The Group is also investing in skills training for staff to allow them to deliver effectively for customers; the Group’s goal is for 50,000 colleagues to achieve the Chartered Banker’s Foundation Standard for Professional Bankers.

At the same time, the Group is continuing to transform its digital proposition to ensure that it is delivering in line with customers’ growing appetite for digital banking and providing a joined-up customer experience across its channels.  The Money Manager and International Payments services provide improved access and control for online users, whilst Mobile Banking allows the Group’s 3.7 million mobile users to interact wherever and whenever they choose.  The Group’s active online user base has now surpassed the 10 million milestone, with internet users now initiating over 95 million log-ons every month; investing in systems capability has ensured service availability for customers throughout the first half.

As the largest UK retail bank the Group recognises the importance of its role in supporting customers, and helping them to prosper.  The Group has maintained its position as the largest lender to UK households, helping over 33,000 or one in four first-time buyers whilst supporting government initiatives aimed at new-to-market customers such as NewBuy and Help to Buy.  The Group remains on track to deliver its commitment to lend £6.5 billion to help around 60,000 first-time buyers in 2013.  The Group is also meeting the needs of savers in the low interest rate environment, taking significant deposit inflows into relationship brands in the first half, including strong current account and net switching inflows.  At the same time, the Group has helped over 280,000 customers to manage their finances, improve their properties and buy their cars through unsecured loans.  The Halifax challenger brand has been recognised as Personal Finance Provider of the Year, Best Current Account Provider and Best Fixed Rate Account Provider by MoneyFacts in its recent awards, whilst also being named as Best Lender for Service and Best Overall Intermediary Lender alongside Birmingham Midshires as Best Buy-to-Let lender in categories of the 2013 Key Account awards.

The Group is also progressing its plans to simplify the bank, with further automation ensuring fewer manual interventions, leading to cost efficiencies and reduced customer complaints.  The Group has launched a number of customer propositions, such as Lloyds TSB’s ‘Banking Made Easy’, improvements to Individual Savings Account (ISA) tax year end processes that have reduced the time to transfer funds between banks for customers and automating the fixed term deposit product set up and maturity process.  New Digital and Telephone Banking customers are now benefitting from instant activation of accounts opened and the Group has now routed 24 million calls through its market leading Interactive Voice Recognition upgrade, ‘Say Anything’, since October 2012.

In addition to its commitment to help its customers to succeed financially, Retail is continuing to support the UK economy and local communities through involvement in Group programmes and the initiatives of Retail colleagues, who have volunteered their time to assist a variety of community-based projects, such as ‘Day to Make a Difference’.  Halifax’s partnership with ‘The Big Lunch’, an annual event held across the UK, helped to bring over 3 million people together to celebrate where they live and to get to know their neighbours.  Other community activities include the Local Heroes programme in support of young athletes, whilst inspiring almost 3 million children to take part in National School Sport Week, both aimed at securing a lasting legacy for London 2012.  Lloyds TSB colleagues also raised nearly £100,000 for The Alzheimer’s Society’s Live Well campaign during Dementia Awareness Week.

 
Page 10 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


RETAIL (continued)

Financial performance
Underlying profit increased £164 million, or 11 per cent, to £1,636 million.  Total underlying income was stable (with decreasing assets, offset by margin improvements), combined with reductions in costs and impairment.

Banking margin increased by 9 basis points versus the same period last year, and by 3 basis points relative to the second half.  Lower savings rates have benefitted the liability margin, particularly relative to the second half of 2012, but low market interest rates continued to adversely impact the margin on compressed balances.  Asset margins have been robust, albeit with recent competition in the market resulting in narrower new business margins.

Other operating income decreased as Retail continued to see lower income from bancassurance and protection following the Retail Distribution Review in 2012 and subdued customer demand for these products.  This was partially offset by the impact of revised commission arrangements in relation to the home insurance book.

Total costs fell 2 per cent, primarily as a result of the Simplification programme and ongoing cost management activity.

Impairment reduced 16 per cent to £636 million.  The unsecured impairment charge reduced to £449 million from £585 million in the first half of 2012 driven largely by debt sale activity.  The secured impairment charge increased to £187 million from £173 million with impairment provisions maintained at £1,614 million, thus increasing provision coverage to 26.0 per cent.

Balance sheet
The Group continued to improve the strength and quality of the Retail balance sheet through a focus on lower risk lending to franchise customers and deepening of relationship deposit balances.  This helped to build strong underlying business momentum, allowing Retail to make a significant contribution to the overall improvement in Group capital, liquidity and margin ratios.

Loans and advances to customers decreased by 1 per cent (2 per cent compared to 30 June 2012) with customer deleveraging slowing in the first half of 2013.  Secured balances reduced by £1.9 billion, to £319.4 billion.  Gross new mortgage lending was £14.5 billion in the first half of 2013 compared to £12.3 billion in the first half of 2012, an increase of £2.2 billion.

Customer deposits increased 1 per cent to £263.2 billion (3 per cent compared to 30 June 2012).  Savings balances increased to £219.3 billion broadly in line with market growth with relationship balances (Lloyds TSB, Halifax and Bank of Scotland) increasing 6 per cent over the last 12 months.  Personal Current Account balances increased £1.8 billion in the first six months of 2013 to £43.9 billion driven by the effect of the strong product offerings, particularly in the Lloyds TSB brand.

Risk-weighted assets decreased to £91.6 billion, a reduction of £3.9 billion or 4 per cent.  This was driven by a reduction in lending balances for both secured and unsecured portfolios and improvements in credit quality of retail assets.  Credit quality strengthened due to ongoing effective portfolio management and positive macroeconomic factors.


 
Page 11 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


COMMERCIAL BANKING

 
Key highlights
 
·
Commercial Banking is committed to being the best bank for clients, with a core product offering of Lending, Transaction Banking, Financial Markets and Capital Markets servicing the needs of Small and Medium-sized Enterprises (SME), Mid Markets, Global Corporates and Financial Institutions.
 
·
Commercial Banking returned to profitability with an underlying profit of £634 million, compared to an £83 million loss in the first half of 2012, driven by a 48 per cent reduction in impairment charges and a 2 per cent reduction in costs.
 
·
The impairment charge as a percentage of average advances improved by 58 basis points reflecting lower charges in the portfolio of assets which are outside of the Group’s risk appetite.
 
·
Excluding assets which are outside of the Group’s risk appetite, lending increased by 4 per cent to £106.3 billion, driven by growth in SME, Mid Markets and Global Corporates.  In the last 12 months, SME net lending grew by 5 per cent and lending committed to UK manufacturing companies exceeded £1 billion.  Customer deposits increased by 8 per cent to £118.4 billion with increases seen across all client segments.
 

 
Half-year 
to 30 June 
2013 
 
Half-year 
to 30 June 
20121
 
Change 
since 
30 June 
2012 
 
Half-year 
to 31 Dec 
2012 
 
Change 
since 
31 Dec 
2012 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
 
£m 
 
                     
Net interest income
 
1,196 
 
1,111 
 
 
1,095 
 
Other income
 
1,426 
 
1,496 
 
(5) 
 
1,436 
 
(1)
Total underlying income
 
2,622 
 
2,607 
 
 
2,531 
 
Total costs
 
(1,261)
 
(1,282)
 
 
(1,234)
 
(2)
Impairment
 
(727)
 
(1,408)
 
48 
 
(1,538)
 
53 
Underlying profit (loss)
 
634 
 
(83)
     
(241)
   
                     
Banking net interest margin
 
1.89% 
 
1.58% 
 
31bp 
 
1.59% 
 
30bp 
Impairment charge as a % of average advances
 
1.03% 
 
1.61% 
 
(58)bp 
 
2.06% 
 
(103)bp 
Return on risk-weighted assets
 
0.81% 
 
(0.09)% 
 
90bp 
 
(0.28)% 
 
109bp 

1
Restated.

   
At 
30 June 
2013 
 
At 
31 Dec 
2012 
 
Change 
Key balance sheet items
 
£bn 
 
£bn 
 
             
Loans and advances to customers excluding reverse repos
 
132.1 
 
134.7 
 
(2)
Debt securities and available-for-sale financial assets
 
4.5 
 
9.5 
 
(53)
   
136.6 
 
144.2 
 
(5)
             
Customer deposits excluding repos
 
118.4 
 
109.7 
 
Risk-weighted assets
 
150.5 
 
165.2 
 
(9)


 
Page 12 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


 
COMMERCIAL BANKING (continued)

Progress against strategic initiatives
The Group’s strategy places clients at the centre of the business. In the first half of 2013, the benefits of Commercial Banking’s relentless execution have started to flow though its four client segments: Small and Medium-sized Enterprises (SME), Mid Markets, Global Corporates and Financial Institutions.

Commercial Banking has reshaped the SME and Mid-Corporate Client Charters, helping to position Commercial Banking as the Best Bank for Clients.  Clients are responding well to the charters with over 7,500 SME clients switching to the bank in the first half of 2013.  In Mid Markets Commercial Banking is over half way through its programme of increasing the number of relationship managers, adding to its locally empowered teams across the UK.  In Global Corporates it is increasingly focused on its UK and UK-linked clients improving relationship returns.

Commercial Banking continues to strengthen the balance sheet by improving the quality and quantum of deposits with a clear and continued focus on gathering transactional balances from the client franchise and a controlled reduction of the portfolio of assets which are outside of the Group’s risk appetite.

Commercial Banking has continued to reduce its exposure to assets which are outside of the Group’s risk appetite, achieving a further substantial reduction of £11.6 billion in the first half of 2013, a decrease of 27 per cent compared to the end of 2012.

Commercial Banking continues to invest in product capability to enhance its capital efficient product range.  In Transaction Banking it has launched a new mobile card payment solution for small businesses clients, working with Monitise to help customers conduct their business on the move.  The Group has also added the Chinese Renminbi to the list of currencies available in international payments, currency accounts, foreign exchange and trade-related services, particularly relevant for Mid Markets and Global Corporate clients.

The Group has played a leading role in the development of the UK retail bond market and in May 2013 became a market maker on the London Stock Exchange for retail bond investors, providing the market with continuous pricing in bonds and gilts.

The Group continued to support the UK economy through financing UK SMEs and developing discounted funding propositions for clients through the UK Government’s Funding for Lending Scheme (FLS).  In SME, the Group achieved net growth in lending of 5 per cent over the last 12 months in a market which contracted by 3 per cent, in the same period.

Commercial Banking helped 65,000 businesses start up in the first half of the year and is progressing to its commitment of helping 100,000 start ups.  Commercial Banking has exceeded its £1 billion of new lending committed to manufacturing companies ahead of the September 2013 target date committed to last year.  The Group has 400 volunteer enterprise mentors actively working with community and business organisations throughout the UK and has launched several innovative propositions for SMEs including the Assisted Asset Acquisition scheme to give clients creating employment access to grants alongside loans and hire purchase.

In the first half of 2013 Commercial Banking supported its Global Corporate clients in raising £8.1 billion of financing through the debt capital markets, enabling them to finance and grow their businesses.  The Group has made good progress in creating solutions for clients, maintaining a top four position in Investment Grade Corporate Sterling debt issuance over the same period.

Commercial Banking was awarded for the ninth year in a row the Business Bank of the Year at the FD’s Excellence Awards (in association with the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales, supported by the Confederation of British Industry).

 
Page 13 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


COMMERCIAL BANKING (continued)

Financial performance
Underlying profit increased by £717 million due to a 48 per cent reduction in impairments.

Net interest income grew by £85 million driven by increased deposits and reduced wholesale funding costs more than offsetting lower asset volumes as a result of the strategy of reducing assets which are outside of the Group’s risk appetite.

Net interest margin increased by 31 basis points driven by improved lending and deposit margins.  The ongoing commitment to FLS continues to benefit customers with a 1 per cent reduction in the interest rate offered to eligible customers.

Other income decreased by £70 million, due to improved performance in Debt Capital Markets and higher valuations in LDC being more than offset by the impact of asset reductions.

Commercial Banking costs decreased by £21 million due to savings attributable to the Simplification programme, the continued focus on cost management and the positive impact of the asset reductions.  The benefits of these cost saving initiatives have enabled further investment in the Transaction Banking and Financial Markets platforms.

Impairments decreased by £681 million, with the positive benefit of asset reductions being only partly offset by a number of releases in 2012 which were not repeated in 2013.

Balance sheet
Commercial Banking continues to support its customers’ financing requirements, achieving positive lending growth across SME, Mid Markets and Global Corporate during the first six months of 2013.  The ongoing commitment to FLS, including reduction of interest rates as offered to eligible customers, helped increase customer demand across the client franchise.  Overall, loans and advances to customers decreased by £2.6 billion as a result of reductions in portfolios of assets which are outside of the Group’s risk appetite.

Customer deposits grew in the first half of 2013, increasing £8.7 billion year-on-year, with growth seen in Mid Markets and SME despite further reductions in market interest rates.

Risk-weighted assets decreased by £14.7 billion to £150.5 billion, primarily reflecting balance sheet disposals.



 
Page 14 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


WEALTH, ASSET FINANCE AND INTERNATIONAL

 
Key highlights
 
·
The Group again delivered strong profitable growth in its Wealth and Asset Finance businesses whilst continuing to simplify its operating model and invest in building future capability.
 
·
Losses reduced by 86 per cent to £101 million driven primarily by lower impairments, mainly in Ireland.
 
·
The Group achieved cost savings of 9 per cent (6 per cent excluding St. James’s Place) through continued progress in Wealth  and Asset Finance in relation to Simplification initiatives and the further reductions in the International footprint.
 
·
The Group is ahead of target in reducing the Group’s international presence with 17 countries or overseas branches now exited, or exit announced; the Group is now targeting a presence in less than 10 countries by the end of 2014.
 
·
Loans and advances to customers decreased by 9 per cent, with an increase in Asset Finance as a result of continued growth in UK motor finance business being offset by a reduction in assets which are outside of the Group’s risk appetite since December 2012, of which £0.7 billion was in the Irish portfolio.
 

 
Half-year 
to 30 June 
2013 
 
Half-year 
to 30 June 
20121
 
Change 
since 
30 June 
2012 
 
Half-year 
to 31 Dec 
2012 
 
Change 
since 
31 Dec 
2012 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
 
£m 
 
                     
Net interest income
 
431 
 
415 
 
 
384 
 
12 
Other income
 
951 
 
1,006 
 
(5)
 
1,037 
 
(8)
Total underlying income
 
1,382 
 
1,421 
 
(3)
 
1,421 
 
(3)
Total costs
 
(1,033)
 
(1,136)
 
 
(1,155)
 
11 
Impairment
 
(450)
 
(991)
 
55 
 
(489)
 
Underlying loss
 
(101)
 
(706)
 
86 
 
(223)
 
55 
Underlying loss excluding St. James’s Place2
 
(154)
 
(761)
 
80 
 
(329)
 
53 
                     
Banking net interest margin
 
2.01% 
 
1.62% 
 
39bp 
 
1.69% 
 
32bp 
Impairment charge as a % of average advances
 
2.10% 
 
3.99% 
 
(189)bp 
 
2.16% 
 
(6)bp 
Return on risk-weighted assets
 
(0.59)% 
 
(3.38)% 
 
279bp 
 
(1.16)% 
 
57bp 

1
Restated.
2
The gain relating to the sale of shares in St. James’s Place is included in Central Items.


   
At 
30 June 
2013 
 
At 
31 Dec 
2012 
 
Change 
Key balance sheet and other items
 
£bn 
 
£bn 
 
             
Loans and advances to customers excluding reverse repos
 
30.3 
 
33.4 
 
(9)
Customer deposits excluding repos
 
48.9 
 
51.9 
 
(6)
Total customer balances
 
79.2 
 
85.3 
 
(7)
             
Operating lease assets
 
2.8 
 
2.8 
 
– 
Funds under management
 
156.8 
 
189.1 
 
(17)
Risk-weighted assets
 
32.2 
 
36.2 
 
(11)


 
Page 15 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


 
WEALTH, ASSET FINANCE AND INTERNATIONAL (continued)

Progress against strategic initiatives
The division continues to focus on simplifying operations and processes, de-layering management structures and increasing the efficiency of distribution channels and the back office.

Wealth, Asset Finance and International continues to reshape the business and invest for growth.  The division has made further good progress towards reducing its international footprint with the Group now having exited or announced the exit from 17 countries.

The Group continues to invest in businesses which are within its risk appetite to grow market share and to leverage its market leading capability in Asset Finance and the strong returns in these businesses at the same time as improving efficiency.

In Wealth the investment is geared towards developing compelling propositions for customers within the UK and Channel Islands and also those with UK connections in anglophile territories.  In the first half of 2013 the Group embedded the single Wealth business created in 2012 in order to generate synergies across the UK and Channel Islands and announced the disposal of its Geneva based International Private Banking business.

The Group remains confident that by delivering its strategy to be a simple, customer-focused business it can increase the trust of both customers and stakeholders.  In Wealth it has improved client service and accessibility through the faster access to advice and support that customers are now receiving via a new Private Banking Client Centre.  The Group has introduced a pilot of a new point of sale system, will introduce new Customer Relationship Management technology in the second half of the year, and is developing more bespoke ways to interact with customers, particularly through digital channels.

The Group is focused on ways to leverage the strength of its banking franchise which holds a number of significant customers who meet the criteria for its Wealth proposition.  As market deposit rate levels continue to fall the Group will focus on supporting customers with advice.

The Asset Finance proposition has now been refined and is well positioned for growth.  The business is investing in infrastructure and new growth initiatives which further strengthen the business.  This reflects changes in market outlook, the strong market position in both Blackhorse Motor Finance and Lex Autolease and evolving customer needs and technology trends.  This is already delivering results - in the first half of 2013 Lex Autolease UK has returned to fleet growth, after many years of shrinkage, with a year-on-year increase in new vehicle deliveries and the Blackhorse Retail Motor Finance business has seen new business volumes grow 30 per cent, while in Australia the business achieved new business growth of 22 per cent.


 
Page 16 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


WEALTH, ASSET FINANCE AND INTERNATIONAL (continued)

Financial performance
Underlying loss reduced by 86 per cent to £101 million, primarily due to a £541 million reduction in impairments, strong banking net interest margins and lower costs, partially offset by a fall in income as a result of the balance sheet reduction together with the impact from the sale of approximately 37 per cent of St. James’s Place.

Net interest income increased by 4 per cent with the impact of strong net interest margins in the Wealth and Asset Finance deposit businesses being only partly offset by continuing reductions in the asset base.  This drove a net interest margin increase to 2.01 per cent from 1.62 per cent.

Other income reduced by 5 per cent to £951 million driven by the sales of part of the Group’s stake in St. James’s Place.

Total costs decreased by 9 per cent to £1,033 million.  In Wealth costs were down 14 per cent (7 per cent excluding St. James’s Place) and in Asset Finance costs were down 3 per cent (10 per cent excluding operating lease depreciation of £337 million, compared to £336 million in the same period last year) reflecting the continuing focus on the efficiency of the operating models.

The impairment charge reduced by 55 per cent to £450 million, largely as a result of lower charges in the Irish business where the charge amounted to £385 million compared to £897 million for the same period last year.

Overall, in the first half, Asset Finance delivered underlying profit growth of 59 per cent, underpinned by 6 per cent growth in income and 10 per cent reduction in costs (net of operating lease depreciation).  In the first half Wealth (excluding St. James's Place) delivered underlying profit growth of 39 per cent, underpinned by level income and 7 per cent lower costs.

Balance sheet
Overall, net loans and advances to customers decreased by £3.1 billion to £30.3 billion as the Group continues to de-risk the balance sheet.  This reflects net repayments and asset sales of £3.4 billion, additional impairment provisions of £0.4 billion, mainly within the Irish business, offset by foreign exchange movements of £0.7 billion.

Customer deposit balances reduced by £3.0 billion since December 2012 to £48.9 billion.  However, this includes a £2.2 billion reduction as a result of the announced disposal of the International Private Banking and Spanish Retail businesses.  Excluding the impact of these disposals, customer deposits reduced by £0.8 billion arising mainly within the European online deposit business as a result of pricing changes in keeping with strategy.

Risk-weighted assets fell by 11 per cent from £36.2 billion to £32.2 billion, compared to a 9 per cent fall in loans and advances reflecting continued focus in the period of asset run-off and balance sheet de-risking.

Funds under management decreased by 17 per cent to £156.8 billion but increased 1.6 per cent excluding St. James’s Place.  The underlying increase is primarily driven by improved investment markets which have driven an increase of £5.9 billion, however, partially offset by reductions arising from the disposals in the period of businesses in Luxembourg and Spain together with net outflows of £5.3 billion mainly as a result of attrition within the Scottish Widows Investment Partnership insurance funds and the payment of a dividend from the insurance division of £1.6 billion.

 
Page 17 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


WEALTH, ASSET FINANCE AND INTERNATIONAL (continued)

Wealth
 
Half-year 
to 30 June 
2013 
 
Half-year 
to 30 June 
20121
 
Change 
since 
30 June 
2012 
 
Half-year 
to 31 Dec 
2012 
 
Change 
since 
31 Dec 
2012 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
 
£m 
 
                     
Net interest income
 
173 
 
172 
 
 
156 
 
11 
Other income
 
409 
 
448 
 
(9)
 
492 
 
(17)
Total underlying income
 
582 
 
620 
 
(6)
 
648 
 
(10)
Total costs
 
(410)
 
(477)
 
14 
 
(466)
 
12 
Impairment
 
(8)
 
(8)
 
– 
 
(15)
 
47
Underlying profit
 
164 
 
135 
 
21 
 
167 
 
(2)
Underlying profit excluding St. James’s Place
 
111 
 
80 
 
39 
 
61 
 
82 

Asset Finance
                     
Net interest income
 
252 
 
205 
 
23 
 
209 
 
21 
Other income
 
541 
 
542 
 
– 
 
545 
 
(1)
Total underlying income
 
793 
 
747 
 
 
754 
 
Total costs
 
(512)
 
(530)
 
 
(513)
 
– 
Impairment
 
(35) 
 
(62)
 
44 
 
(74)
 
53 
Underlying profit
 
246 
 
155 
 
59 
 
167 
 
47 

International
                     
Net interest income
 
 
38 
 
(84)
 
19 
 
(68)
Other income
 
 
16 
 
(94)
 
– 
   
Total underlying income
 
 
54 
 
(87)
 
19 
 
(63)
Total costs
 
(111)
 
(129)
 
14 
 
(176)
 
37 
Impairment
 
(407)
 
(921)
 
56 
 
(400)
 
(2)
Underlying loss
 
(511)
 
(996)
 
49 
 
(557)
 

1
Restated.

   
Wealth
 
Asset Finance
 
International
Key balance sheet items
 
At 
30 June 
2013 
 
At 
31 Dec 
2012 
 
At 
30 June 
2013 
 
At 
31 Dec 
2012 
 
At 
30 June 
2013 
 
At 
31 Dec 
2012 
   
£bn 
 
£bn 
 
£bn 
 
£bn 
 
£bn 
 
£bn 
                         
Loans and advances to customers excluding reverse repos
 
3.3 
 
4.2 
 
9.2 
 
9.3 
 
17.8 
 
19.9 
Customer deposits excluding repos
28.6 
 
30.8 
 
20.1 
 
20.2 
 
0.2 
 
0.9 
Total customer balances
 
31.9 
 
35.0 
 
29.3 
 
29.5 
 
18.0 
 
20.8 
                         
Funds under management
 
156.8 
 
188.6 
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
0.5 
Risk-weighted assets
 
5.3 
 
5.6 
 
10.7 
 
10.9 
 
16.2 
 
19.7 


 
Page 18 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


 
INSURANCE

 
Key highlights
·
Insurance has delivered a strong performance in the first half of 2013 and has leveraged the financial strength of the insurance business to make a significant contribution to the optimisation of the Group’s capital structure.
 
·
Total underlying profit increased by 12 per cent, primarily reflecting a 4 per cent improvement in underlying income as well as an 8 per cent decrease in costs which includes synergies delivered under the new insurance structure.
 
·
The increase in underlying income primarily reflects an increase in Life, Pensions and Investments (LP&I) income and a stable performance in General Insurance.
 
·
LP&I income has increased by £26 million despite lower bancassurance investment sales following the withdrawal in the second half of 2012 of investment advice for customers with savings below £100,000.
 
·
29 per cent growth in sales of corporate pensions reflects the strength of the proposition and the conversion of the strong pipeline generated in the run up to implementation of the Retail Distribution Review (RDR).
 
·
Insurance launched its enhanced annuities product in June which is a key step in expanding its participation in the growing annuity market.
 
·
The strong underlying profitability and capitalisation of the Insurance business has enabled Scottish Widows to remit a further £1.6 billion to the Group whilst maintaining a significant capital base in Insurance, reflected in an estimated Pillar 1 capital surplus of £3.0 billion (Scottish Widows plc) at 30 June 2013 and an estimated Insurance Groups Directive (IGD) capital surplus of £2.7 billion for the insurance group.
 

 
Half-year 
to 30 June 
2013 
 
Half-year 
to 30 June 
2012 
 
Change 
since 
30 June 
2012 
 
Half-year 
to 31 Dec 
2012 
 
Change 
since 
31 Dec 
2012 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
 
£m 
 
                     
Net interest income
 
(45)
 
(37)
 
(22)
 
(41)
 
(10)
Other income
 
1,111 
 
1,156 
 
(4)
 
1,138 
 
(2)
Insurance claims
 
(148)
 
(233)
 
36 
 
(132)
 
(12)
Total underlying income
 
918 
 
886 
 
 
965 
 
(5)
Total costs
 
(354)
 
(384)
 
 
(360)
 
Underlying profit
 
564 
 
502 
 
12 
 
605 
 
(7)
                     
European Embedded Value (EEV) new business margin
 
3.3% 
 
3.6% 
 
(30)bp 
 
3.8% 
 
(50)bp 
Life, Pensions and Investments sales (PVNBP)
 
5,552 
 
5,627 
 
(1)
 
4,737 
 
17 
General Insurance combined ratio
 
69% 
 
80% 
 
(11)pp 
 
72% 
 
(3)pp 

 
Page 19 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC

INSURANCE (continued)

Progress against strategic initiatives
The insurance division has continued to make a significant contribution to the Group’s objective of being the best bank for customers, enhancing its market leading pensions and protection products which help customers to protect themselves today and prepare for a secure financial future.  Insurance believes that its multi-brand, multi-channel model will allow the flexibility to meet the changing financial needs of customers.  Insurance has delivered underlying profits in excess of £1 billion for the last four years, which has enabled the payment of a total of £4.6 billion of dividends to the Group since 2009.  This has contributed to optimisation of the Group’s capital structure and strengthening of its capital ratios.

Insurance is focused on strengthening its position in the growing retirement savings market.  In corporate pensions it has benefitted from the conversion of the strong pipeline generated in the run up to RDR contributing to 29 per cent growth.  Insurance sees opportunities in increasing contributions and members within existing schemes and are also working closely with its corporate customers to support them through auto-enrolment which is expected to drive further growth over the next three to five years.  The award-winning personal pensions product, the Retirement Account, has performed well reflecting the transparent charging and flexibility that it offers customers.

The launch of the enhanced annuities proposition in June was an important step to competing more effectively in an increasingly open market.  Insurance sees enormous potential to serve the retirement needs of retail bank customers, many of whom may no longer be able to get independent financial advice at retirement.  Insurance is addressing this by leveraging Group expertise and investing in the capability of the Direct channel, with a clear focus on meeting customer needs including looking to increase the range of products on offer through this growing channel.

Insurance is committed to helping meet the UK population’s £2.4 trillion protection gap.  Only 42 per cent of the working population has life insurance, falling to 15 per cent for critical illness and just 7 per cent for income protection.  Insurance is already the market leader in bancassurance protection and will build upon its strong advisor force in the retail network.  It is investing in developing the proposition for the intermediary channel where Insurance plans to launch in 2014.

Insurance continues to see the home insurance market as serving a key need for customers and as an attractive market.  The ability to accurately and competitively price home insurance has been enhanced by the insight drawn on across the Group’s customer base.  When combined with the investment in flood mapping and strong claims management capability Insurance believes that it is well placed to serve customers in this market.  The commercial insurance proposition is being strengthened with the introduction of additional underwriters to widen the risk protection that the Group can offer its SME customer base.

Following the transfer of operations to the Group Operations functions, Insurance expects to see further customer service and cost benefits through adoption of best practice from across the Group.  The simplification of the business model and processes has contributed approximately 75 per cent of the overall improvement in costs this year.  Insurance anticipates this simplified business model continuing to support its position as a cost leader in the industry.

Insurance’s 2013 market leading Protection, Pension and Savings reports highlighted the inadequacy of the provision made for protection and for a secure financial future by the UK population.  Scottish Widows has continued to lead the debate on these issues as part of the Group’s commitment to better understanding its customers’ needs and helping Britain prosper.  The benefit of this insight is reflected in the strength of customer propositions which have won several industry awards including; ‘Best Group Pension Provider’ in the Corporate Adviser awards and ‘Best Personal Pensions Provider’ in the Professional Adviser awards, both for the second year running as well as ‘Group Pension Provider of the Year’ and ‘Personal Pension Provider of the Year’ at the Financial Adviser Life awards.  Scottish Widows was awarded a 5-star rating in the ‘Life and Pensions’ category at the recent FT Adviser Online Service Awards.


 
Page 20 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


 
INSURANCE (continued)

Financial Performance

 
Half-year 
to 30 June 
2013 
 
Half-year 
to 30 June 
2012 
 
Change 
since 
30 June 
2012 
 
Half-year 
to 31 Dec 
2012 
 
Change 
since 
31 Dec 
2012 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
 
£m 
 
                     
Existing business income
 
407 
 
382 
 
 
378 
 
New business income:
                   
Intermediary and direct
 
207 
 
177 
 
17 
 
180 
 
15 
Bancassurance
 
51 
 
80
 
(36)
 
82 
 
(38)
   
258 
 
257 
 
 
262 
 
(2)
LP&I income1
 
665 
 
639 
 
 
640 
 
General Insurance income
 
401 
 
480 
 
(16)
 
457 
 
(12)
Total income
 
1,066 
 
1,119 
 
(5)
 
1,097 
 
(3)
Insurance claims2
 
(148)
 
(233)
 
36 
 
(132)
 
(12)
Total underlying income
 
918 
 
886 
 
 
965 
 
(5)

1
LP&I income includes both the UK and European businesses.
2
All related to General Insurance.

LP&I existing business income increased by £25 million to £407 million.  This includes increased returns as a result of purchasing over £1.5 billion of attractive, higher yielding long-dated assets to match long duration Insurance liabilities in the last quarter of 2012 and in 2013 and a net benefit from assumption changes and experience variances.  The assumption changes include a benefit of £141 million attributable to changing the risk-free rate for non-annuity business to be based on swap curves rather than the 15 year Government bond rate, the impact of which was mostly offset by other changes to methodology and assumptions.

Intermediary and direct new business income has increased by £30 million to £207 million due to a strong corporate pensions performance driven by the conversion of the pipeline generated in the run up to RDR.  The reduction in Bancassurance income to £51 million includes the impact of changes to the basis of taxation for new life protection business in January 2013.  The reduction in the EEV new business margin to 3.3 per cent mainly reflects the impact of this taxation change.

General insurance income reduced by £79 million to £401 million due to run-off of the legacy books and the impact of revising intra group commission arrangements on the home book.  The significant reduction in general insurance claims to £148 million primarily reflects the benign weather in 2013 relative to 2012, which was the second wettest year on record.  The improvement in the combined ratio to 69 per cent has been primarily driven by the reduction in weather related claims.





 
Page 21 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


INSURANCE (continued)

Present Value of New Business Premiums (PVNBP)
An analysis of the present value of new life business premiums for business written by the Insurance division, split between the UK and European Life, Pensions and Investments Businesses is given below:

   
Half-year to 30 June 2013
 
Half-year to 30 June 2012
   
   
UK 
 
Europe 
 
Total 
 
UK 
 
Europe 
 
Total 
 
Change 
Analysis by product
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
                             
Corporate  pensions
 
3,686 
 
– 
 
3,686 
 
2,857 
 
– 
 
2,857 
 
29 
Individual pensions
 
711 
 
27 
 
738 
 
877 
 
34 
 
911 
 
(19)
Retirement income
 
374 
 
– 
 
374 
 
369 
 
– 
 
369 
 
Protection
 
211 
 
21 
 
232 
 
302 
 
16 
 
318 
 
(27)
Investments (inc OEICs)
 
448 
 
74 
 
522 
 
1,105 
 
67 
 
1,172 
 
(55)
Total
 
5,430 
 
122 
 
5,552 
 
5,510 
 
117 
 
5,627 
 
(1)
                             
Analysis by channel
                           
Intermediary
 
4,342 
 
122 
 
4,464 
 
3,773 
 
117 
 
3,890 
 
15 
Bancassurance
 
651 
 
– 
 
651 
 
1,389 
 
– 
 
1,389 
 
(53)
Direct
 
437 
 
– 
 
437 
 
348 
 
– 
 
348 
 
26 
Total
 
5,430 
 
122 
 
5,552 
 
5,510 
 
117 
 
5,627 
 
(1)

Total sales (PVNBP) have decreased by 1 per cent to £5,552 million primarily reflecting lower investments, protection and individual pensions volumes partially offset by strong sales of corporate pensions in LP&I UK.

There has been strong growth in the Intermediary channel, particularly in corporate pensions where sales were 29 per cent higher than 2012.  This reflects the underlying strength of the proposition, the quality of service provided to customers and the conversion of the strong pipeline generated in the run up to the implementation of RDR.

Sales of investment products and protection through the bancassurance channel have reduced due to the withdrawal in the second half of 2012 from investment advice for customers with savings below £100,000 within the Retail business.  The resultant impacts to sales advisor populations have also led to a reduction in protection sales in the first half of 2013.

The direct channel continues to perform well and is being developed for future growth.  The 26 per cent growth in this channel was supported by a strong performance of the flagship Retirement Account.



.

 
Page 22 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


GROUP OPERATIONS

 
Half-year 
to 30 June 
2013 
 
Half-year 
to 30 June 
20121
 
Change 
since 
30 June 
2012 
 
Half-year 
to 31 Dec 
20121
 
Change 
since 
31 Dec 
2012 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
 
£m 
 
                     
Total underlying income
 
 
17 
 
(71)
 
13 
 
(62)
Direct costs:
                   
Information technology
 
(572)
 
(600)
 
 
(571)
 
– 
Operations
 
(421)
 
(444)
 
 
(378)
 
(11)
Property
 
(438)
 
(461)
 
 
(431)
 
(2)
Support functions
 
(46)
 
(45)
 
(2)
 
(48)
 
   
(1,477)
 
(1,550)
 
 
(1,428)
 
(3)
Result before recharges to divisions
 
(1,472)
 
(1,533)
 
 
(1,415)
 
(4)
Total net recharges to divisions
 
1,443 
 
1,467 
 
(2)
 
1,430 
 
Underlying (loss) profit
 
(29)
 
(66)
 
56 
 
15 
   

1
2012 comparative figures have been amended to reflect the effect of the continuing consolidation of operations across the Group.  To ensure a fair comparison of the 2013 performance, 2012 direct costs have been restated with an equivalent offsetting increase in recharges to divisions.

Direct costs fell by £73 million or 5 per cent to £1,477 million, driven by Simplification savings and the continued focus on cost management, which more than offset inflationary rises and incremental costs from supporting Group investment projects.  Group Operations continues to play a major part in leading the delivery of the Simplification programme as well as through initiatives to improve sourcing, re-engineer end-to-end process, and consolidate and rationalise property and IT.

The Group continues to simplify its end-to-end processes in order to improve the service that it provides to customers whilst also reducing costs.  Examples include the introduction of an electronic Cash ISA transfer solution allowing quicker movement of funds between banks; and the provision of a fully automated process for term deposit maturities which has reduced set up time from up to twenty minutes to three minutes.

The Group continues to streamline its internal operations and has reduced the number of suppliers by a further 1,000 so far this year, bringing the total down from over 18,000 at the start of Simplification to less than 9,600, well ahead of the original target of 10,000 by the end of 2014.  The Group has also integrated Insurance operations into Group Operations in 2013, leveraging the size and scale of the Group Operations business to deliver improvements in customer and colleague experience as well as lowering costs.

Group Property costs decreased by 5 per cent as the Group continues to consolidate its property portfolio.

CENTRAL ITEMS

 
Half-year 
to 30 June 
2013 
 
Half-year 
to 30 June 
2012 
 
Change 
since 
30 June 
2012 
 
Half-year 
to 31 Dec 
2012 
 
Change 
since 
31 Dec 
2012 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
 
£m 
 
                     
Total underlying income (expense)
 
219 
 
(4)
     
(128)
   
Total costs
 
(21)
 
(71)
 
70 
 
(222)
 
91 
Impairment
 
– 
 
– 
     
(1)
   
Underlying profit (loss)
 
198 
 
(75)
     
(351)
   

Central items include income and expenditure not recharged to the divisions, including the costs of certain central and head office functions.  Total underlying income in the first half of 2013 includes the gain on the sales of shares in St. James’s Place of £433 million.

The costs in the half-year to 31 December 2012 include the Bank Levy.

 
Page 23 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON AN UNDERLYING BASIS

1.
St. James’s Place plc

The Group no longer consolidates the results of St. James’s Place following the sale of shares in March.  From 1 April 2013 St. James’s Place has been accounted for as an associate.  The table below shows the impact on the Group Results for each half year.

 
Half-year 
to 30 June 
2013 
 
Half-year 
to 30 June 
2012 
 
Half-year 
to 31 Dec 
2012 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
                     
Net interest income
 
 
 
Other operating income:
           
Gain on sales of shares
 
433 
 
– 
 
– 
Other income
 
96 
 
138 
 
187 
   
529 
 
138 
 
187 
Underlying income
 
530 
 
140 
 
189 
Costs
 
(44)
 
(85)
 
(83)
Underlying profit
 
486 
 
55 
 
106 


 
Page 24 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


2.         Banking net interest margin

   
Half-year 
to 30 June 
2013 
 
Half-year 
to 30 June 
2012 
 
Half-year 
to 31 Dec 
2012 
             
Banking net interest income
 
£5,153m 
 
£5,300m 
 
£5,180m 
             
Average interest-earning banking assets
 
£517.0bn 
 
£553.2bn 
 
£533.5bn 
Average interest-bearing banking liabilities
 
£408.2bn 
 
£383.3bn 
 
£399.2bn 
             
Banking net interest margin
 
2.01% 
 
1.93% 
 
1.93% 
Banking asset margin
 
0.96% 
 
1.10% 
 
1.05% 
Banking liability margin
 
1.33% 
 
1.19% 
 
1.17% 

Banking net interest income is analysed for asset and liability margins based on interest earned and paid on average assets and average liabilities respectively, adjusted for Funds Transfer Pricing, which prices intra-group funding and liquidity.  Centrally held wholesale funding costs and related items are included in the Group banking asset margin.

Average interest-earning banking assets, which are calculated gross of related impairment allowances, and average interest-bearing banking liabilities relate solely to customer and product balances in the banking businesses on which interest is earned or paid.  Funding and capital balances including debt securities in issue, subordinated debt, repos and shareholders’ equity are excluded from the calculation of average interest-bearing banking liabilities.  However, the cost of funding these balances allocated to the banking businesses is included in banking net interest income.

A reconciliation of banking net interest income to Group net interest income showing the items that are excluded in determining banking net interest income follows:

   
Half-year 
to 30 June 
2013 
 
Half-year 
to 30 June 
2012 
 
Half-year 
to 31 Dec 
2012 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
             
Banking net interest income – underlying basis
 
5,153 
 
5,300 
 
5,180 
Insurance division
 
(45)
 
(37)
 
(41)
Other net interest income (including trading activity)
 
98 
 
(48)
 
(19)
Group net interest income – underlying basis
 
5,206 
 
5,215 
 
5,120 
Fair value unwind
 
(255)
 
(312)
 
75 
Banking volatility and liability management gains
 
12 
 
80
 
119 
Insurance gross up
 
(1,700)
 
(721)
 
(1,866)
Volatility arising in insurance businesses
 
 
 
Group net interest income – statutory
 
3,270 
 
4,264 
 
3,454 

 
Page 25 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


3.         Volatility arising in insurance businesses

The Group's statutory result before tax is affected by insurance volatility, caused by movements in financial markets, and policyholder interests volatility, which primarily reflects the gross up of policyholder tax included in the Group tax charge.

In the first half of 2013 the Group’s statutory result before tax included positive insurance and policyholder interests volatility totalling £485 million compared to negative volatility of £21 million in the first half of 2012.

Volatility comprises the following:
   
Half-year 
to 30 June 
2013 
 
Half-year 
to 30 June 
2012 
   
£ million 
 
£ million 
         
Insurance volatility
 
58 
 
(3)
Policyholder interests volatility1
 
407 
 
(15)
Total volatility
 
465 
 
(18)
Insurance hedging arrangements
 
20 
 
(3)
Total
 
485 
 
(21)

1
Includes volatility relating to the Group’s interest in St. James’s Place.

Insurance volatility
The Group’s insurance business has policyholder liabilities that are supported by substantial holdings of investments, including equities, property and fixed interest investments, all of which are subject to variations in their value.  The value of the liabilities does not move exactly in line with changes in the value of the investments, yet IFRS requires that the changes in both the value of the liabilities and investments be reflected within the income statement.  As these investments are substantial and movements in their value can have a significant impact on the profitability of the Group, management believes that it is appropriate to disclose the division’s results on the basis of an expected return in addition to results based on the actual return.

The expected gross investment returns used to determine the normalised profit of the business, which are based on prevailing market rates and published research into historical investment return differentials, are set out below:

United Kingdom
 
2013 
 
2012 
   
 
         
Investments backing annuity liabilities
 
3.76 
 
3.89 
Equities and property
 
5.58 
 
5.48 
UK Government bonds
 
2.58 
 
2.48 
Corporate bonds
 
3.18 
 
3.08 
Other debt securities
 
3.58 
 
n/a

A review of investment strategy in the Group’s Insurance business has resulted in investment being made in a wider range of assets.  Expected investment returns in 2013 include appropriate returns for these assets.  The 2013 rates also reflect the move to swap rates as the basis for calculations.

The impact on the results due to the actual return on these investments differing from the expected return (based upon economic assumptions made at the beginning of the year, adjusted for significant changes in asset mix) is included within insurance volatility.  Changes in market variables also affect the realistic valuation of the guarantees and options embedded within the with profits funds, the value of the in-force business and the value of shareholders’ funds.

The positive insurance volatility during the period ended 30 June 2013 in the Insurance division was £58 million, primarily reflecting the favourable performance of equity investments in the period relative to the expected return.  This has been partially offset by an increase in the long-term level of market implied inflation and lower cash returns compared to long-term expectations.

 
Page 26 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


 
3.         Volatility arising in insurance businesses (continued)

Policyholder interests volatility
The application of accounting standards results in the introduction of other sources of significant volatility into the pre-tax profits of the life, pensions and investments business.  In order to provide a clearer representation of the performance of the business, and consistent with the way in which it is managed, adjustments are made to remove this volatility from underlying profits.  The effect of these adjustments is separately disclosed as policyholder interests volatility.

The most significant of these additional sources of volatility is policyholder tax.  Accounting standards require that tax on policyholder investment returns should be included in the Group’s tax charge rather than being offset against the related income.  The result is, therefore, to either increase or decrease profit before tax with a related change in the tax charge.  Timing and measurement differences exist between provisions for tax and charges made to policyholders.  Consistent with the normalised approach taken in respect of insurance volatility, differences in the expected levels of the policyholder tax provision and policyholder charges are adjusted through policyholder interests volatility.

In the first half of 2013, the statutory results before tax included a credit to other income which relates to policyholder interests volatility totalling £407 million (first half of 2012: £15 million charge) relating to the rise in equity markets in the period,

Insurance hedging arrangements
To protect against further deterioration in equity market conditions, and the consequent negative impact on the value of in-force business on the Group balance sheet, the Group purchased put option contracts in 2012, financed by selling some upside potential from equity market movements.  These expired in 2013 and the charge booked in 2013 on these contracts was £9 million.  New protection was acquired in 2013 to replace the expired contracts.  On a mark-to-market valuation basis a profit of £29 million was recognised in relation to the new contracts in 2013.


4.         Number of employees (full-time equivalent)

   
At 
30 June 
2013 
 
At 
31 Dec 
2012 
         
Retail
 
41,514 
 
41,460 
Commercial Banking
 
7,910 
 
8,051 
Wealth, Asset Finance and International
 
8,379 
 
9,131 
Insurance
 
2,257 
 
2,293 
Group Operations
 
22,609 
 
23,666 
Central items
 
12,778 
 
12,490 
   
95,447 
 
97,091 
Agency staff (full-time equivalent)
 
(3,012)
 
(4,303)
Total number of employees (full-time equivalent)
 
92,435 
 
92,788 


 

 
Page 27 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


 
RISK MANAGEMENT

 
Page 
Risk management approach
29 
   
The economy
29 
   
Principal risks and uncertainties
30 
Credit risk
30 
Conduct risk
30 
Market risk
31 
Operational risk
32 
People risk
33 
Liquidity and funding
33 
Insurance risk
34 
State funding and state aid
35 
   
Credit risk portfolio
36 
Exposures to Eurozone countries
57 
Liquidity and funding management
65 
Capital management
72 

The income statement numbers in this section are presented on an underlying basis.


 
Page 28 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC

RISK MANAGEMENT APPROACH

There have been no material changes to the Group’s approach to risk management as described in the risk management report within the Lloyds Banking Group annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 December 2012.

THE ECONOMY
 

The global economy has been more stable during the first half of 2013 than through 2011-12.  The US economy has continued its recovery despite fiscal tightening, boosted by a recovery in the housing market.  The Eurozone economy remains in mild recession, but it is no longer deepening and policies on fiscal tightening are easing up slightly for those economies that have been struggling the most.  A gradual slowdown in emerging market growth has helped to lower commodity prices and thus inflationary pressures in advanced economies.

Similarly, current estimates suggest that the UK economy has returned to growth, albeit at a moderate rate.  After a period of stagnation since late 2011, GDP is estimated to have risen by 0.3 per cent in the first quarter of 2013, and 0.6 per cent in the second quarter.  Employment has held on to the surprisingly strong gains that occurred through 2012, keeping the unemployment rate broadly stable at 7.8-7.9 per cent so far in 2013.  House prices have picked up, showing successive small monthly rises since late 2012 and are now 4.1 per cent higher than a year earlier at the end of June.  Commercial real estate (CRE) prices remain weaker, however, drifting down during the first quarter of 2013 and 2.6 per cent lower than a year earlier at end June.  Company failures continue to improve, declining to 3,619 (seasonally adjusted) in the first three months of 2013, the lowest since the second quarter of 2008.

The Irish economy continues to struggle against the headwinds of ongoing Eurozone recession, tight financial conditions and fiscal tightening. GDP was broadly flat in 2012, rising by 0.2 per cent, and shrank by 0.6 per cent in the first quarter of 2013. However there are a number of signs of stabilisation in the economy.  Employment grew by 1.1 per cent in the first quarter relative to a year ago, the unemployment rate is 1.4 percentage points below its 2011 peak and surveys of activity suggest Ireland continues to outperform its Eurozone peers.  House prices are also stabilising, up 1.2 per cent from a year ago in June, having fallen 4.5 per cent in 2012.  Commercial real estate prices continue to fall however, down 5.8 per cent in the year to 31 March 2013.

Future economic developments in the UK and Ireland depend crucially on the extent to which gradually improving domestic conditions can offset headwinds from the Eurozone.  The consensus view is that the Eurozone will emerge very slowly from recession towards the end of 2013, but there are substantial risks to that view.  Domestically, the UK and Ireland still face drags on recovery from government austerity policies and the still-high indebtedness of consumers.

The current consensus view for 2013 UK GDP growth is 1.0 per cent, an improvement from the 0.2 per cent recorded in 2012 but still very weak.  The UK Bank Rate is likely to stay at current low levels through the remainder of this year and next.  House prices are expected to continue to rise gradually through this year and CRE prices are expected to rise slightly during the second half, ending the year flat on a year earlier.  Unemployment is expected to remain broadly flat.  The current consensus view for 2013 Irish GDP growth is for another year of sub 1 per cent growth in 2013, and the unemployment rate there is expected to remain broadly stable through the rest of the year.  Irish house prices are expected to finish 2013 broadly flat.

The probability attached to this weak recovery scenario has risen so far this year as evidence of emerging recovery has built and the risk of a near-term destabilising shock from the Eurozone crisis has gradually abated.  However, whilst the Eurozone continues to inch only slowly towards a definitive solution to the crisis, there continues to be a risk that deterioration in the Eurozone economic outlook could result in a return to stagnation in the UK and Ireland, or could cause a significant recession either scenario accompanied by higher unemployment and higher corporate failures.  A significant recession would likely lead to a second leg of falling UK and Irish property prices, and rising commercial tenant defaults.  In turn, these developments would have a negative impact on the Group’s income, funding costs and impairment charges.


 
Page 29 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


 
PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES
 
At present the most significant risks faced by the Group are detailed below.  These risks could impact on the success of delivering against the Group’s long-term strategic objectives.

Credit risk

Principal risks
Adverse changes in the credit quality or behaviour of the Group’s borrowers and counterparties would be expected to reduce the value of the Group’s assets and increase the Group’s write-downs and allowances for impairment losses.  Credit risk can be affected by a range of macroeconomic, environment and other factors, including, inter alia, increased unemployment, reduced asset values (including residential and commercial real estate), lower consumer spending, increased consumer indebtedness, increased personal or corporate insolvency levels, reduced corporate profits, increased interest rates and/or higher tenant defaults.  The Group has exposure to commercial customers in both the UK and internationally, including Europe and Ireland, particularly related to commercial real estate lending, where the Group has a high level of lending secured on secondary and tertiary assets.  The Group’s portfolios may be impacted by some or all of these factors and the possibility of further economic downside risk remains.

Mitigating actions
The Group manages its credit risk in a variety of ways such as:

-
Through prudent and through the cycle credit risk appetite and policies;
 
-
Clearly defined levels of authority (including, independently sanctioned and controlled credit limits for commercial customers and counterparties, credit scoring models and credit policies for retail customers);
 
-
Credit processes and controls, including those governing forbearance; and
 
-
Group and Divisional committees that ensure distressed and impaired loans are identified, considered, controlled and appropriately escalated and appropriately impaired (taking account of the Group’s latest view of current and expected market conditions, as well as refinancing risk).

Reviews are undertaken at least quarterly and incorporate internal and external audit review and challenge.

Conduct risk

Principal risks
As a provider of a wide range of financial services products across different brands and distribution channels to an extremely broad and varied customer base and as a participant in market activities, the Group faces significant conduct risks, such as: products or services not meeting the needs of its customers; sales processes which could result in selling products to customers which do not meet their needs; failure to deal with a customer’s complaint effectively where the Group has got it wrong and not met customer expectations; and behaviours which do not meet market standards. Given the high level of scrutiny regarding financial institutions’ treatment of customers and business conduct from regulatory bodies, the media and politicians, there is a risk that certain aspects of the Group’s current or historic business may be determined by the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) and other regulatory bodies or the courts as not being conducted in accordance with applicable laws or regulations, or fair and reasonable treatment in their opinion.  The Group may also be liable for damages to third parties harmed by the conduct of its business.

Mitigating actions
The Group takes a range of mitigating actions with respect to this principal risk with clear and visible leadership from the top.  These actions are being developed within the Group’s Conduct Strategy initiative, including:

 
Page 30 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


 
PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES (continued)

-
To support the Group’s strategy to be the best bank for customers: the Group is enhancing its approach to business strategy and planning, with the customer at the heart; it is continuing its journey to industry-leading complaints performance; its simplification programme is making customer interactions easy and straightforward
 
-
To support the transparency and simplification of the Group’s products: the Group is enhancing its conduct risk appetite statements, with detailed supporting MI and customer analytics to track continuous improvement, and a robust  product governance framework; it is developing its framework for rectifying and undertaking root-cause analysis of conduct issues where they arise; it is improving how it keeps a record of the delivery of fair outcomes for customers
 
-
To support how colleagues deliver the right outcomes for customers: the Group is enhancing recruitment and training and how it manages performance with clearer customer accountabilities; it is reviewing and developing how rewards and incentives drive customer-centric behaviours; it is strengthening sales processes and frameworks to deliver consistently fair outcomes for customers
 
This is supported by policies and standards in key areas, including product governance, customer treatment, sales, responsible lending, customers in financial difficulties, claims and complaint handling.  The Group develops colleagues’ awareness of these and other expected standards of conduct through these and other policies and standards and codes of responsibility.
 
-
The Group actively engages with regulatory bodies and other stakeholders in developing its understanding of current customer treatment concerns to ensure that the implementation of the Group’s Conduct Strategy meets evolving stakeholder expectations.
 

Market risk

Principal risks
The Group has a number of market risks, the principal ones being:

Interest rate risk: This risk to the Group’s banking income arises from competitive pressures on product terms in existing loans and deposits, which sometimes restrict the Group in its ability to change interest rates applying to customers in response to changes in interbank and central bank rates.  A further related risk arises from the level of interest rates and the margin of interbank rates over central bank rates.  In addition, the defined benefit pension scheme liabilities are exposed to movements in long-term interest rates;
 
Equity risk: This risk arises from movements in equity market prices.  The main equity market risks arise in the Insurance business through the performance of future income (value of in-force) and defined benefit pension schemes; and
 
Credit spread risk: This risk arises when the market perception of the creditworthiness of a particular counterparty changes.  The main credit spread exposure arises in the Insurance business, defined benefit pension schemes and banking businesses.

Mitigating actions
Market risk is managed within a Board approved framework using a range of metrics to monitor the Group’s profile against its stated appetite and potential market conditions.

High level market risk exposure is reported regularly to appropriate committees for monitoring and oversight by senior management.

A variety of risk measures are used such as:

Sensitivity based measures (e.g. sensitivity to 100 basis points move in interest rates);
 
Percentile based measures (e.g. Value at Risk (VAR).  The average 95 per cent 1-day trading VAR was £4.5 million for the half-year to 30 June 2013 (£7.0 million for the year to 31 December 2012)); and
 
Scenario/stress based measures (e.g. single factor stresses, macroeconomic scenarios).

 
Page 31 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES (continued)

In addition, profit and loss triggers are used in the Trading Books in order to ensure that mitigating action is discussed if profit and loss becomes volatile.

Interest rate risk: Exposure arising from the different repricing characteristics of the Group’s non-trading assets and liabilities, and from the mismatch between interest rate sensitive assets and interest rate sensitive liabilities, is managed centrally.  Matching assets and liabilities are offset against each other and interest rate swaps are also used to manage the residual exposure to within the non-traded market risk appetite.  Exposure arising from the margin of interbank rates over central bank rates is monitored and managed within the non-traded market risk appetite through appropriate hedging activity.  The defined benefit pension schemes have a swap hedging programme in place which will reduce the exposure to interest rate risk over time.
 
Equity and credit spread risk: The Group continues to liaise with defined benefit pension scheme Trustees with regard to appropriately de-risking the pension scheme portfolio.  Risk exposures within Insurance are reviewed regularly and appropriate hedging opportunities are considered.

Operational risk

Principal risks
The principal operational risks in the Group are:

-
IT systems and resilience: The risk of customer impact and/or loss to the Group resulting from failure to develop, deliver or maintain effective IT solutions.
 
-
Information security: The risk of information leakage, loss or theft.
 
-
External fraud: The risk of loss to the Group and/or its customers resulting from an act of deception or omission.
 
-
Customer process: The risk of new issues, process weaknesses and control deficiencies within the Group’s customer facing processes.

Mitigating actions
The Groups control environment receives regular review and investment.  Contingency plans are maintained for a range of potential scenarios with a regime of regular disaster recovery exercises, both Group specific and industry wide.  Significant investment has been, and continues to be made in IT infrastructure and systems to ensure their resilience, security and to enhance the business and customer services they support.

The Group adopts a risk based approach to mitigate the external fraud risk it faces, reflecting the current and emerging external fraud risks within the market.  This approach drives an annual programme of enhancements to the Group’s technology, process and people related controls; with emphasis on preventative controls, supported by real time detective controls wherever feasible.  Through Group-wide policies and operational control frameworks the Group has developed a robust fraud operating model with centralised accountability.  Over the past six months the Group has revised and enhanced its incident management capability to increase its speed of response to customer impacting incidents.

Material operational risks are reported regularly to appropriate committees, attracting senior management visibility, and are managed via a range of strategies - avoidance, mitigation, transfer (including insurance), and acceptance.



 
Page 32 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


 
PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES (continued)

People risk

Principal risks
The Group’s management of material people risks is critical to its capacity to deliver against its strategic objectives and to be the best bank for customers.  Over the coming six months the Group’s ability to manage people risks successfully is likely to be affected by the following factors:

The ongoing pace of change may disrupt the Group’s ability to lead and manage its people effectively in some areas;
 
The developing and increasingly rigorous and intrusive regulatory environment may challenge the Group’s people strategy, remuneration practices and retention; and
 
Negative political and media attention on the banking sector culture, sales practices and ethical conduct may impact colleague engagement, investor sentiment and the Group’s cost base.

Mitigating actions
The Group’s mitigating actions with respect to people risk include:

Strengthening the risk and customer focused culture amongst colleagues by developing and delivering a number of initiatives that reinforce behaviours to generate the best possible long-term outcomes for customers and colleagues;
 
Continuing to ensure strong management of the impact of organisational change and consolidation on colleagues;
 
Embedding the Group’s Codes of Personal and Business Responsibility across the Group;
 
Reviewing and developing incentives continually to ensure they promote colleagues behaviours that meet customer needs and regulatory expectations;
 
Focusing on leadership and colleague engagement, through delivery of strategies to attract, retain and develop high calibre people together with implementation of rigorous succession planning;
 
Maintaining focus on people risk management across the Group; and
 
Ensuring compliance with legal and regulatory requirements related to Approved Persons and the Remuneration Code, and embedding compliant and appropriate colleague behaviours in line with Group policies, values and its people risk priorities.
 

Liquidity and funding

Principal risks
The Group is dependent on confidence in the short and long-term wholesale funding markets.  Should the Group, due to exceptional circumstances, be unable to continue to source sustainable funding, its ability to fund its financial obligations could be impacted.  The key dependencies on successfully funding the Group’s balance sheet include:

Continued functioning of the money and capital markets;
 
The continuation of the Group’s strategy of right-sizing the balance sheet and development of the retail deposit base which has led to a significant reduction in the wholesale funding requirement;
 
Limited further deterioration in the UK’s and the Group’s credit rating; and
 
No significant or sudden withdrawal of customer deposits.

Mitigating actions
Liquidity and funding risk appetite for the banking businesses is set by the Board and this statement of the Group’s overall appetite for liquidity risk is reviewed and approved annually by the Board.

 
Page 33 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


 
PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES (continued)

The Group’s liquidity and funding position is underpinned by its significant customer deposit base, and has been supported by stable funding from the wholesale markets with a reduced dependence on short-term wholesale funding.
 
At 30 June 2013, the Group had £214.5 billion of liquid unencumbered assets in its liquidity portfolio which are available to meet cash and collateral outflows.
 
Daily monitoring and control processes are in place to address regulatory liquidity requirements.  The Group monitors a range of market and internal early warning indicators on a daily basis for early signs of liquidity risk in the market or specific to the Group.
 
The Group carries out stress testing of its liquidity position against a range of scenarios, including those prescribed by the Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA), on an ongoing basis.  The Group’s liquidity risk appetite is also calibrated against a number of stressed liquidity metrics.
 
The Group has a contingency funding plan embedded within the Group Liquidity Policy which has been designed to identify emerging liquidity concerns at an early stage, so that mitigating actions can be taken to avoid a more serious crisis developing.

Insurance risk

Principal risks
The major sources of insurance risk are within the Insurance business and the Group’s defined benefit pension schemes.  Insurance risk is inherent in the Insurance business and can be affected by customer behaviour.  Insurance risks accepted relate primarily to mortality, longevity, morbidity, persistency, expenses, property and unemployment.  The primary insurance risk of the Group’s defined benefit pension schemes is related to longevity.

Insurance risk has the potential to significantly impact the earnings and capital position of the Insurance business of the Group.  For the Group’s defined benefit pension schemes, insurance risk could significantly increase the cost of pension provision and impact the balance sheet of the Group.

Mitigating actions
The Group’s mitigating actions with respect to this principal risk include:

Actuarial assumptions are reviewed in line with experience and in-depth reviews are conducted regularly.  Longevity assumptions for the Group’s defined benefit pension schemes are reviewed annually together with other IFRS assumptions.  Expert judgement is required; and
 
Insurance risk is controlled by robust processes including underwriting, pricing-to-risk, claims management, reinsurance and other risk mitigation techniques.
 

Insurance risk is reported regularly to appropriate committees and boards.

 
Page 34 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


 
PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES (continued)

State funding and state aid

Principal risks
HM Treasury currently holds 38.7 per cent of the Group’s ordinary share capital.  United Kingdom Financial Investments Limited (UKFI), as manager of HM Treasury’s shareholding, continues to operate in line with the framework document between UKFI and HM Treasury, managing the investment in the Group on a commercial basis without interference in day-to-day management decisions.  There is a risk that a change in Government priorities could result in the framework agreement currently in place being replaced leading to interference in the operations of the Group.

In addition, the Group is subject to European Union (EU) State Aid obligations in line with the Restructuring Plan agreed with HM Treasury and the EU College of Commissioners in November 2009.  This has placed a number of requirements on the Group including an asset reduction target from a defined pool of assets by the end of 2014 (Project Atlantic), and the disposal of certain portions of its Retail business by the end of November 2013 (Project Verde).  There is a risk that if the Group does not deliver its divestment commitments by then, a Divestiture Trustee would be appointed to dispose of the divestment, which could be sold at a negative price.

Mitigating actions
The Group has received no indications that the Government intends to change the existing operating arrangements with regard to the role of UKFI and engagement with the Group.

The Group continues to make good progress in respect to its State Aid commitments.  In line with strengthening of the balance sheet, the Group has made excellent progress against its asset reduction commitment and reached the reduction total required in December 2012, two years ahead of the mandated completion date.  The European Commission confirmed in May 2013 to HM Treasury that the Group had satisfied and therefore was formally released from this commitment.

As announced on 24 April 2013, following the withdrawal of the Co-Operative Group from the sale process the Group now intends to divest Verde through an IPO, subject to regulatory and EU Commission approval, having maintained this option throughout the process to ensure best value for shareholders and certainty for customers and colleagues.  The Group has already made good progress in the creation of Verde as a stand-alone bank with a strong management team already in place and good progress made in delivering segregated IT systems on the proven Lloyds Banking Group platform.  Detailed plans are in place to rebrand the business as TSB which will be visible on the High Street from September this year, at which point the TSB Bank (Verde) will operate as a separate business within Lloyds Banking Group.  As a result of the Co-op’s withdrawal, the Group will not meet the November 2013 deadline and is currently in discussions regarding a revised timeline for disposal via an IPO, with the EU Commission and HM Treasury.  To date, the Group has received no indication that the EU Commission intends to appoint a Divestiture Trustee post November 2013.

The Group continues to work closely with the PRA, FCA, EU Commission, HM Treasury and the Monitoring Trustee appointed by the EU Commission to ensure the successful implementation of the Restructuring Plan and mitigate customer impact.

 
Page 35 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


CREDIT RISK PORTFOLIO

Group

Overview
·
The Group’s impairment charge decreased by 43 per cent to £1,813 million in the half year to 30 June 2013, continuing the improvement seen in 2012.
 
·
Impaired loans as a percentage of closing advances reduced to 7.7 per cent at 30 June 2013, from 8.6 per cent at 31 December 2012, driven by improvements in Commercial Banking and reflecting reductions in loan books.
 
·
The Group continues to proactively manage down sovereign as well as banking and trading book exposure to selected Eurozone countries.
 
·
The Group’s divestment strategy remains focused on reducing assets which are outside of its risk appetite and on the disposal of higher risk positions.
 
Impairment charge by division
   
Half-year 
to 30 June 
2013 
 
Half-year 
to 30 June 
2012 
 
Change 
since 
30 June 
2012 
 
Half-year 
to 31 Dec 
2012 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
 
£m 
                 
Retail
 
636 
 
758 
 
16 
 
512 
Commercial Banking
 
727 
 
1,408 
 
48 
 
1,538 
Wealth, Asset Finance and International
 
450 
 
991 
 
55 
 
489 
Central items
 
– 
 
– 
     
Total impairment charge
 
1,813 
 
3,157 
 
43 
 
2,540 
                 

Total impairment charge comprises:
   
Half-year 
to 30 June 
2013 
 
Half-year 
to 30 June 
2012 
 
Change 
since 
30 June 
2012 
 
Half-year 
to 31 Dec 
2012 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
 
£m 
                 
Loans and advances to customers
 
1,810 
 
3,082 
 
41 
 
2,572 
Debt securities classified as loans and receivables
 
 
28 
 
96 
 
(13)
Available-for-sale financial assets
 
 
28 
 
93 
 
Other credit risk provisions
 
– 
 
19 
     
(28)
Total impairment charge
 
1,813 
 
3,157 
 
43 
 
2,540 

 
Page 36 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


 
CREDIT RISK PORTFOLIO (continued)

Impaired loans and provisions

Group
At 30 June 2013
Loans and 
advances to 
customers 
 
Impaired 
loans 
 
Impaired 
loans as 
a % of 
closing 
advances 
Impairment 
provisions1
Impairment 
provisions 
as a % of 
impaired 
loans2
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
 
£m 
 
                     
Retail
 
343,513 
 
7,993 
 
2.3 
 
2,256 
 
32.3 
Commercial Banking
 
140,472 
 
19,102 
 
13.6 
 
8,377 
 
43.9 
Wealth, Asset Finance and International
 
39,833 
 
13,285 
 
33.4 
 
9,504 
 
71.5 
Reverse repos and other items
 
2,833 
 
– 
     
– 
   
Total gross lending
 
526,651 
 
40,380 
 
7.7 
 
20,137 
 
51.1 
Impairment provisions
 
(20,137)
               
Fair value adjustments3
 
(730)
               
Total Group
 
505,784 
               
                     

1
Impairment provisions include collective unimpaired provisions.
2
Impairment provisions as a percentage of impaired loans are calculated excluding Retail unsecured loans in recoveries (£1,005 million).
3
The fair value adjustments relating to loans and advances were those required to reflect the HBOS assets in the Group’s consolidated financial records at their fair value and took into account both the expected future impairment losses and market liquidity at the date of acquisition.  The unwind relating to future impairment losses requires significant management judgement to determine its timing which includes an assessment of whether the losses incurred in the current period were expected at the date of the acquisition and assessing whether the remaining losses expected at the date of the acquisition will still be incurred.  The element relating to market liquidity unwinds to the income statement over the estimated expected lives of the related assets (until 2014 for wholesale loans and 2018 for retail loans) although if an asset is written-off or suffers previously unexpected impairment then this element of the fair value will no longer be considered a timing difference (liquidity) but permanent (impairment).  The fair value unwind in respect of impairment losses incurred was £324 million for the period ended 30 June 2013.    The fair value unwind in respect of loans and advances is expected to continue to decrease in future years as fixed-rate periods on mortgages expire, loans are repaid or written-off, and will reduce to zero over time.

At 31 December 2012
Loans and 
advances to 
customers 
 
Impaired 
loans 
 
Impaired 
loans as 
a % of 
closing 
advances 
Impairment 
provisions1
Impairment 
provisions 
as a % of 
impaired 
loans2
 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
 
£m 
 
 
   
,
               
Retail
 
346,560 
 
8,320 
 
2.4 
 
2,335 
 
32.5 
Commercial Banking
 
144,770 
 
23,965 
 
16.6 
 
9,984 
 
41.7 
Wealth, Asset Finance and International
 
42,927 
 
14,008 
 
32.6 
 
9,453 
 
67.5 
Reverse repos and other items
 
5,814 
 
– 
     
– 
   
Total gross lending
 
540,071 
 
46,293 
 
8.6 
 
21,772 
 
48.2 
Impairment provisions
 
(21,772)
               
Fair value adjustments3
 
(1,074)
               
Total Group
 
517,225 
               
                     

1
Impairment provisions Include collective unimpaired provisions.
2
Impairment provisions as a percentage of impaired loans are calculated excluding Retail unsecured loans in recoveries (£1,129 million).
3
The fair value adjustments relating to loans and advances were those required to reflect the HBOS assets in the Group’s consolidated financial records at their fair value and took into account both the expected future impairment losses and market liquidity at the date of acquisition.  The unwind relating to future impairment losses requires significant management judgement to determine its timing which includes an assessment of whether the losses incurred in the current period were expected at the date of the acquisition and assessing whether the remaining losses expected at the date of the acquisition will still be incurred.  The element relating to market liquidity unwinds to the income statement over the estimated expected lives of the related assets (until 2014 for wholesale loans and 2018 for retail loans) although if an asset is written-off or suffers previously unexpected impairment then this element of the fair value will no longer be considered a timing difference (liquidity) but permanent (impairment).  The fair value unwind in respect of impairment losses incurred was £868 million for the period ended 31 December 2012.  The fair value unwind in respect of loans and advances is expected to continue to decrease in future years as fixed-rate periods on mortgages expire, loans are repaid or written-off, and will reduce to zero over time.


 
Page 37 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


 
CREDIT RISK PORTFOLIO (continued)

Forbearance

The Group operates a number of schemes to assist borrowers who are experiencing financial stress.  The material elements of these schemes through which the Group has granted a concession, whether temporarily or permanently,   are set out below.

Retail customers
The Group classifies the treatments offered to retail customers who have experienced financial difficulty into the following categories:

Reduced contractual monthly payment: a temporary account change to assist customers through periods of financial difficulty where arrears do not accrue at the original contractual payments, for example capital payment breaks and payment assistance breaks.  Any arrears existing at the commencement of the arrangement are retained;
 
Financial distress assistance: an arrangement for customers in financial distress where arrears accrue at the contractual payment, for example short-term arrangements to pay and term extensions; and
 
Repair: an account change used to repair a customer’s position when they have emerged from financial difficulty, for example capitalisation of arrears.

Forbearance classification
The Group classifies a retail account as forborne at the time a customer in financial difficulty is granted a concession.  Where a change results in a reduced contractual monthly payment or is a short-term arrangement to pay, it is included within the forborne analysis below if the customer is currently benefitting from the forbearance treatment.  Where the treatment involves a permanent change to the contractual basis of the customer’s account, such as a capitalisation of arrears or term extension, the Group only classifies the balance as forborne for a period of 12 months, after which no distinction is made between these accounts and others where no change has been made.

The tables below set out the Group’s forborne loans and advances to customers at 30 June 2013.

Mortgages
At 30 June 2013, UK and Irish retail secured loans and advances subject to forbearance were 1.6 per cent (31 December 2012: 1.8 per cent) of total UK and Irish retail secured loans and advances.  Further analysis of the forborne loan balances is set out below:

   
Total loans and advances which are forborne
 
Total forborne loans and advances which are impaired
 
Impairment provisions as % of loans and advances which are forborne
   
At 
30 June 
2013 
 
At 
31 Dec 
2012 
 
At 
30 June 
2013 
 
At 
31 Dec 
2012 
 
At 
30 June 
2013 
 
At 
31 Dec 
2012 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
 
UK
                       
Reduced contractual monthly payment
 
1,625 
 
2,706 
 
229 
 
359 
 
3.7 
 
3.6 
Financial distress
 
1,262 
 
1,066 
 
201 
 
174 
 
3.6 
 
3.1 
Repair
 
1,824 
 
1,644 
 
34 
 
35 
 
3.6 
 
4.7 
Total – UK
 
4,711 
 
5,416 
 
464 
 
568 
 
3.6 
 
3.9 
Ireland
                       
Reduced contractual monthly payment
 
 
11 
 
 
 
38.1 
 
30.8 
Financial distress
 
274 
 
274 
 
238 
 
229 
 
51.0 
 
43.4 
Repair
 
308 
 
286 
 
44 
 
28 
 
28.6 
 
30.9 
Total – Ireland
 
591 
 
571 
 
288 
 
263 
 
39.2 
 
36.9 
                         
Total – UK and Ireland
 
5,302 
 
5,987 
 
752 
 
831 
 
7.6 
 
7.0 
 

 

 
Page 38 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


CREDIT RISK PORTFOLIO (continued)

Impairment assessment of retail mortgages subject to forbearance
The Group regards a forborne loan as impaired if it is six or more months in arrears (or certain cases where the borrower is bankrupt), in line with the Group’s definition of an impaired asset for UK secured loans.  Both impaired and unimpaired loans which are forborne are grouped with other assets with similar risk characteristics and assessed collectively for impairment as described below.

The Group's approach is to ensure that provisioning models, supported by management judgement, appropriately reflect the underlying loss risk of exposures.  The Group uses sophisticated behavioural scoring to assess customers' credit risk.  The underlying behavioural scorecards consider many different characteristics of customer behaviour, both static and dynamic, from internal sources and also from credit bureaux data, including characteristics that may identify when a customer has been in arrears on products held with other firms.  Hence, these models take a range of potential indicators of customer financial distress into account.

The performance of such models is monitored and challenged on an ongoing basis, in line with the Group’s model governance policies.  The models are also regularly recalibrated to reflect up to date customer behaviour and market conditions.  Specifically, regular detailed analysis of modelled provision outputs is undertaken to demonstrate that the risk of forbearance or other similar activities is recognised, that the outcome period adequately captures the risk and that the underlying risk is appropriately reflected.  Where this is not the case, additional provisions are applied to capture the risk.

Personal loans, overdrafts and credit cards
At 30 June 2013, UK retail unsecured loans and advances subject to forbearance were 1.9 per cent (31 December 2012: 2.1 per cent) of total UK retail unsecured loans and advances. Further analysis of the forborne loan balances is set out below:

   
Total loans and advances which are forborne
 
Total forborne loans and advances which are impaired
 
Impairment provisions as % of loans and advances which are forborne
   
At 
30 June 
2013 
 
At 
31 Dec 
2012 
 
At 
30 June 
2013 
 
At 
31 Dec 
2012 
 
At 
30 June 
2013 
 
At 
31 Dec 
2012 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
 
                         
Reduced contractual monthly payment
 
223 
 
257 
 
210 
 
239 
 
46.8 
 
50.1 
Financial distress
 
70 
 
90 
 
65 
 
84 
 
52.4 
 
57.9 
Repair
 
126 
 
125 
 
27 
 
33 
 
3.2 
 
4.2 
Total
 
419 
 
472 
 
302 
 
356 
 
34.6 
 
39.4 

Collective impairment assessment of UK retail personal loans, overdrafts and credit cards subject to forbearance
Credit risk provisioning for the UK retail unsecured portfolio is undertaken on a purely collective basis.  The approach used is based on segmented cash flow models, divided into two primary streams for loans judged to be impaired and those that are not.  The Group regards all accounts subject to repayment plans and collections refinance loans as impaired.

For exposures that are judged to be impaired, provisions are determined through modelling the expected cure rates, write-off propensity and cash flows with segments explicitly relating to repayment plans and refinance loans treatments.  Payments of less than the monthly contractual amount are reflected in reduced cash flow forecasts when calculating the impairment allowance for these accounts.

The outputs of the models are monitored and challenged on an ongoing basis.  The models are run monthly meaning that current market conditions and customer processes are reflected in the output.  Where the risks identified are not captured in the underlying models, appropriate additional provisions are made.

 
Page 39 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


CREDIT RISK PORTFOLIO (continued)

Other retail
Asset Finance operates a number of retail portfolios including Black Horse Motor Finance as well as a number of portfolios closed to new business and currently in run-off.  The reduction in the level of forborne loans in the first half of 2013 was driven by the continuing run-off and sale of portfolios of assets which are outside of the Group’s risk appetite.  The table below includes both the open and closed retail portfolios in the Asset Finance business:

   
Total loans and advances which are forborne
 
Total forborne loans and advances which are impaired
 
Impairment provisions as % of loans and advances which are forborne
   
At 
30 June 
2013 
 
At 
31 Dec 
2012 
 
At 
30 June 
2013 
 
At 
31 Dec 
2012 
 
At 
30 June 
2013 
 
At 
31 Dec 
2012 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
 
                         
Reduced contractual monthly payment
 
253 
 
328 
 
230 
 
301 
 
58.0 
 
58.0 
Financial distress
 
96 
 
112 
 
83 
 
102 
 
24.1 
 
24.8 
Repair
 
 
 
– 
 
 
0.6 
 
1.6 
Total
 
353 
 
447 
 
313 
 
405 
 
48.1 
 
48.8 

Commercial customers
The Group treats forbearance for commercial customers as the granting of a concession to a borrower who is in financial difficulty or where their risk profile is such that the Group would not otherwise consider the concession.  The Group’s policy is that this applies to both temporary (for example, distressed covenant waivers) and permanent (for example, loan extensions and covenant amendments) forbearance concessions.

The main types of concessions to commercial customers in financial distress are set out below:

Amendments:  This includes temporary and permanent waivers, amendment or resetting of contractual covenants (including LTV and interest cover), amendments to an interest rate to a level considered outside of market or the Group’s risk appetite, or other amendments such as changes to collateral, or other debt servicing arrangements;
 
Extensions:  This includes extension and/or alteration of repayment terms to a level outside of market or the Group’s risk appetite due to the customer’s inability to make existing contractual repayment terms;
 
Forgiveness:  This includes debt for equity swaps or partial debt forgiveness.  This type of forbearance will always give rise to impairment; and
 
Multiple type of forbearance (essentially a mixture of the above three).

 
Page 40 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC

 
CREDIT RISK PORTFOLIO (continued)

Where a concession is granted to an obligor that is not in financial difficulty or the risk profile is considered within current risk appetite, the concession would not be considered to be an act of forbearance.

A number of options are available to the Group where a customer is facing financial difficulty, and each case is treated depending on its own specific circumstances.  The Group’s strategy and offer of forbearance is largely dependent on the individual situation and early identification, control and monitoring are key in order to support the customer and protect the Group.  Concessions are often provided to help the customer with their day to day liquidity and working capital.  An example of this relates to helping to maintain the business through a temporary difficult period.

Forbearance classification
The Group automatically treats all impaired assets in Commercial Banking as having been granted some form of forbearance.  Impaired obligors are always treated as forborne.

An obligor that is unimpaired and where forbearance has been granted will remain treated and recorded as forborne until it evidences acceptable performance over a period of time.  This period will depend on a number of factors such as whether the obligor is trading in line with the revised plan, it is operating within the new terms and conditions (including observation to revised covenants and contractual payments), its financial performance is stable or improving, and there are no undue concerns over its future performance.  As a minimum, this period is expected to be at least six months following a forbearance event.  Once an obligor evidences acceptable performance over a period of time, the Group would expect that it could be returned to the mainstream good classification and they would no longer be considered forborne.  It is important to note that such a decision can be made only by the independent Risk division.  The exception to this six month minimum period is where a permanent structural cure is made (for example, in a real estate transaction, this could be an injection of collateral security or partial repayment of debt to restore an LTV back to within risk appetite).  In this case, the obligor may be removed from the forbearance category once the permanent cure has been made.

Impairment assessment of commercial loans subject to forbearance
The Group recognises that forbearance alone is not necessarily an indicator of impaired status but is a trigger point for the review of the customer’s credit profile.  The Group grants forbearance only when it believes that there is a realistic prospect of the customer’s performance and liquidity improving.  If there is any concern over future cash flows and the Group incurring a loss, then forborne loans will be classified as impaired if they meet the Group’s standard definition of impairment.  Recovery can sometimes be through improvement in market or economic conditions, or the customer may benefit from access to alternative sources of liquidity such as an equity injection.  These can be especially relevant in real estate or other asset backed transactions where a fire sale of assets in a weak market is unattractive.

The granting of forbearance does not necessarily mean that it is expected that future cash flows will fall, or that the asset is impaired.  Depending on circumstances and when operated within robust parameters and controls, the Group believes forbearance can help support the customer in the short to medium term.  Therefore the Group expects to have unimpaired forborne assets within its portfolios, although as noted below, these are specifically controlled and managed.   Unimpaired forborne assets are included in calculating the overall collective unimpaired provision, and which uses the historic observed default rate of the portfolio as a whole as part of its calculation.

It is Group policy that where a commercial customer is considered forborne it must be managed either within the Group’s good book watchlist classifications or within a Business Support Unit.  The majority of the forborne assets in Commercial Banking are managed in a Business Support Unit.  Forborne assets are not permitted to exist outside these two areas of increased control and management.  The Group’s robust credit risk classification process ensures that any such obligors are managed in the appropriate specialist area, and if appropriate, an impairment provision is taken.

All customers in Business Support, and those on the good book watchlist, including those on which forbearance has been granted, are subject to greater monitoring. Any event that has an adverse or potentially adverse impact on the ability of the customer to repay in full is likely to lead the asset being impaired and, if required, an impairment allowance recognised.

 
Page 41 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC

CREDIT RISK PORTFOLIO (continued)

The tables below set out the Group’s forborne loans and advances to commercial customers at 30 June 2013.

       
Total loans and advances which are forborne
 
Impairment provisions as % of loans and advances which are forborne
           
At 
30 June 
2013 
 
At 
31 Dec 
2012 
 
At 
30 June 
2013 
 
At 
31 Dec 
2012 
           
£m 
 
£m 
 
 
                         
Impaired
         
19,102 
 
23,965 
 
43.9 
 
41.7 
Unimpaired
       
8,914 
 
9,027 
 
– 
 
– 
Total
         
28,016 
 
32,992 
 
29.9 
 
30.3 

All impaired assets are considered forborne.  At 30 June 2013, £8,914 million of unimpaired assets were considered forborne as a result of proactive management of cases to help customers in financial difficulties.

The table below sets out the Group’s largest unimpaired forborne loans and advances to commercial customers (exposures over £10 million) as at 30 June 2013 by type of forbearance, together with a breakdown on which exposures are classified as Direct Real Estate:

At 30 June 2013
 
Direct Real  Estate 
 
Other  industry  sector 
 
Total 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
             
Type of unimpaired forbearance
           
Exposures > £10 million (on UK booked exposures)
           
Amendments
 
1,295 
 
975 
 
2,270 
Extensions
 
897 
 
600 
 
1,497 
Multiple
 
130 
 
310 
 
440 
   
2,322 
 
1,885 
 
4,207 
Exposures < £10 million and other non-UK booked exposures
         
4,707 
Total
         
8,914 

Whilst the material portfolios have been reviewed for forbearance, some portfolios within Commercial Banking have not been reviewed on the basis that the level is relatively immaterial or because the concept of forbearance is not relevant, for example if the portfolio is of very strong quality and/or the impairment history is negligible.

Ireland commercial real estate and corporate (part of Wealth, Asset Finance and International division)
All loans and advances in Ireland commercial real estate and corporate (whether impaired or unimpaired) are treated as forborne.

       
Total loans and advances which are forborne
 
Impairment provisions as % of loans and advances which are forborne
           
At 
30 June 
2013 
 
At 
31 Dec 
2012 
 
At 
30 June 
2013 
 
At 
31 Dec 
2012 
           
£m 
 
£m 
 
 
                         
Impaired
         
10,541 
 
10,967 
 
73.0 
 
68.0 
Unimpaired
       
1,656 
 
1,908 
 
– 
 
– 
Total
         
12,197 
 
12,875 
 
63.1 
 
58.0 


 
Page 42 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC
 
CREDIT RISK PORTFOLIO (continued)

Retail

Overview
·
The Retail impairment charge was £636 million in the first half of 2013, a decrease of 16 per cent against the first half of 2012.  The decrease was primarily driven by debt sale activity in the unsecured portfolio.
 
·
The Retail impairment charge, as an annualised percentage of average loans and advances to customers, decreased to 0.37 per cent in the first half of 2013 from 0.43 per cent in the first half of 2012.
 
·
The overall value of assets entering arrears in the first half of 2013 has been broadly stable.
 

Impairment charge
   
Half-year 
to 30 June 
2013 
 
Half-year 
to 30 June 
2012 
 
Change 
since 
30 June 
2012 
 
Half-year 
to 31 Dec 
2012 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
 
£m 
                 
Secured
 
187 
 
173 
 
(8)
 
204 
Unsecured
 
449 
 
585 
 
23 
 
308 
Total impairment charge
 
636 
 
758 
 
16 
 
512 
                 
                 
Impairment charge as a % of average advances
0.37% 
 
0.43% 
 
(6)bp 
 
0.29% 

Impaired loans and provisions
Retail impaired loans decreased by £327 million to £7,993 million compared with 31 December 2012 and, as a percentage of closing loans and advances to customers, decreased to 2.3 per cent from 2.4 per cent at 31 December 2012.  Impairment provisions as a percentage of impaired loans (excluding unsecured loans in recoveries) decreased to 32.3 per cent from 32.5 per cent at 31 December 2012 driven by the reduction in unsecured impaired loans.

At 30 June 2013
Loans and 
advances to 
customers 
 
Impaired 
loans 
 
Impaired  loans as 
a % of 
closing 
advances 
 
Impairment 
provisions1
 
Impairment 
provisions 
as a % of 
impaired 
loans3
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
 
£m 
 
                     
Secured
 
321,717 
 
6,217 
 
1.9 
 
1,614 
 
26.0 
Unsecured:
                   
Collections
     
771 
     
642 
 
83.3 
Recoveries2
     
1,005 
     
– 
   
   
21,796 
 
1,776 
 
8.1 
 
642 
   
Total gross lending
 
343,513 
 
7,993 
 
2.3 
 
2,256 
 
32.3 
Impairment provisions
 
(2,256)
               
Fair value adjustments
 
(718)
               
Total
 
340,539 
               
                     

1
Impairment provisions include collective unimpaired provisions.
2
Recoveries assets are written down to the present value of future expected cash flows on these assets.
3
Impairment provisions as a percentage of impaired loans are calculated excluding unsecured loans in recoveries.


 
Page 43 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC
 
CREDIT RISK PORTFOLIO (continued)

At 31 December 2012
Loans and 
advances to 
customers 
 
Impaired 
loans 
 
Impaired 
loans as 
a % of 
closing 
advances 
 
Impairment 
provisions1
 
Impairment 
provisions 
as a % of 
impaired 
loans3
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
 
£m 
 
                     
Secured
 
323,862 
 
6,321 
 
2.0 
 
1,616 
 
25.6 
Unsecured:
                   
Collections
     
870 
     
719 
 
82.6 
Recoveries2
     
1,129 
     
– 
   
   
22,698 
 
1,999 
 
8.8 
 
719 
   
Total gross lending
 
346,560 
 
8,320 
 
2.4 
 
2,335 
 
32.5 
Impairment provisions
 
(2,335)
               
Fair value adjustments
 
(915)
               
Total
 
343,310 
               
                     

1
Impairment provisions include collective unimpaired provisions.
2
Recoveries assets are written down to the present value of future expected cash flows on these assets.
3
Impairment provisions as a percentage of impaired loans are calculated excluding unsecured loans in recoveries.


 
 
Page 44 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC
 
CREDIT RISK PORTFOLIO (continued)

The Retail division’s loans and advances to customers are analysed in the following table:

   
At 
30 June 
2013 
 
At 
31 Dec  2012 
   
£m 
 
£m 
         
Secured:
       
Mainstream
 
246,332 
 
248,735 
Buy to let
 
50,632 
 
49,568 
Specialist
 
24,753 
 
25,559 
   
321,717 
 
323,862 
Unsecured:
       
Credit cards
 
9,270 
 
9,465 
Personal loans
 
10,042 
 
10,523 
Overdrafts
 
2,484 
 
2,710 
   
21,796 
 
22,698 
Total gross lending
 
343,513 
 
346,560 

Secured
The impairment charge increased by £14 million, to £187 million compared with the first half of 2012, and decreased by £17 million compared with the second half of 2012.  The annualised impairment charge, as a percentage of average loans and advances to customers, has remained broadly stable at 0.12 per cent compared to the first half of 2012.  Impairment provisions have been maintained at £1,614 million at 30 June 2013 compared to £1,616 million at 31 December 2012.  As a result of this, impairment provisions as a percentage of impaired loans increased to 26.0 per cent from 25.6 per cent at 31 December 2012.

The impairment provisions held against secured assets reflect the Group’s view of appropriate allowance for incurred losses.  The Group holds appropriate impairment provisions for customers who are experiencing financial difficulty, either on a forbearance arrangement or who may be able to maintain their repayments only whilst interest rates remain low.

The value of mortgages greater than three months in arrears (excluding repossessions) decreased by £75 million to £9,562 million at 30 June 2013 compared to £9,637 million at 31 December 2012.

The number of customers entering into arrears was broadly stable in the first half of 2013.

Mortgages greater than three months in arrears (excluding repossessions)

   
Number of cases
 
Total mortgage accounts %
 
Value of debt1
 
Total mortgage balances %
 
At 
30 June 
2013 
 
At 
31 Dec 
2012 
At 
30 June 
2013 
 
At 
31 Dec 
2012 
At 
30 June 
2013 
 
At 
31 Dec 
2012 
At 
30 June 
2013 
 
At 
31 Dec 
2012 
   
Cases 
 
Cases 
 
 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
 
                                 
Mainstream
 
56,585 
 
55,905 
 
2.2 
 
2.2 
 
6,365 
 
6,287 
 
2.6 
 
2.5 
Buy to let
 
6,820 
 
7,306 
 
1.5 
 
1.6 
 
947 
 
1,033 
 
1.9 
 
2.1 
Specialist
 
12,929 
 
13,262 
 
7.6 
 
7.6 
 
2,250 
 
2,317 
 
9.1 
 
9.1 
Total
 
76,334 
 
76,473 
 
2.4 
 
2.4 
 
9,562 
 
9,637 
 
3.0 
 
3.0 

1
Value of debt represents total book value of mortgages in arrears.

The stock of repossessions increased to 2,681 cases at 30 June 2013 compared to 2,438 cases at 31 December 2012.

 
Page 45 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC
 
CREDIT RISK PORTFOLIO (continued)

Secured loan to value analysis
The average indexed loan to value (LTV) on the mortgage portfolio at 30 June 2013 decreased to 54.0 per cent compared with 56.4 per cent at 31 December 2012.  The average LTV for new mortgages and further advances written in the first half of 2013 was 63.6 per cent compared with 62.6 per cent for 2012.

The percentage of closing loans and advances with an indexed LTV in excess of 100 per cent decreased to 7.2 per cent at 30 June 2013, compared with 11.7 per cent at 31 December 2012. The tables below show LTVs across the principal mortgage portfolios.

Actual and average LTVs across the Retail mortgage portfolios

At 30 June 2013
 
Mainstream 
 
Buy to let 
 
Specialist1
 
Total 
   
 
 
 
                 
Less than 60%
 
34.8 
 
16.9 
 
17.5 
 
30.6 
60% to 70%
 
15.7 
 
18.0 
 
13.0 
 
15.8 
70% to 80%
 
19.3 
 
26.8 
 
19.5 
 
20.6 
80% to 90%
 
15.6 
 
14.9 
 
19.9 
 
15.8 
90% to 100%
 
8.3 
 
14.6 
 
16.4 
 
10.0 
Greater than 100%
 
6.3 
 
8.8 
 
13.7 
 
7.2 
Total
 
100.0 
 
100.0 
 
100.0 
 
100.0 
Average loan to value:2
               
Stock of residential mortgages
 
50.6 
 
69.6 
 
68.9 
 
54.0 
New residential lending
 
63.4 
 
64.8 
 
n/a 
 
63.6 
Impaired mortgages
 
70.5 
 
96.2 
 
85.2 
 
76.0 
                 
At 31 December 2012
 
Mainstream 
 
Buy to let 
 
Specialist1
 
Total 
   
 
 
 
                 
Less than 60%
 
31.9 
 
12.8 
 
14.7 
 
27.6 
60% to 70%
 
12.8 
 
12.9 
 
9.7 
 
12.6 
70% to 80%
 
18.3 
 
26.2 
 
17.2 
 
19.4 
80% to 90%
 
16.6 
 
16.5 
 
19.1 
 
16.8 
90% to 100%
 
10.5 
 
15.4 
 
18.5 
 
11.9 
Greater than 100%
 
9.9 
 
16.2 
 
20.8 
 
11.7 
Total
 
100.0 
 
100.0 
 
100.0 
 
100.0 
Average loan to value:2
               
Stock of residential mortgages
 
52.7 
 
73.6 
 
72.6 
 
56.4 
New residential lending
 
62.3 
 
64.5 
 
n/a 
 
62.6 
Impaired mortgages
 
72.2 
 
99.3 
 
88.1 
 
78.3 

1
Specialist lending is closed to new business and is in run-off.
2
Average loan to value is calculated as total loans and advances as a percentage of the total collateral of these loans and advances.


 
Page 46 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC
 
CREDIT RISK PORTFOLIO (continued)

Unsecured
In the first half of 2013 the impairment charge on unsecured loans and advances to customers reduced by £136 million compared with the first half of 2012 and increased by £141 million to £449 million compared with the second half of 2012.  The movements were driven by debt sale and recoveries stock management activities; the underlying trend is broadly stable.  The annualised impairment charge as a percentage of average loans and advances to customers decreased to 4.01 per cent in the first half of 2013 from 4.80 per cent in the first half of 2012.

Impaired loans decreased by £223 million since 31 December 2012 to £1,776 million at 30 June 2013 which represented 8.1 per cent of closing loans and advances to customers, compared with 8.8 per cent at 31 December 2012.  The reduction in impaired loans is a result of the Group’s sustainable risk appetite and ongoing effective portfolio management.  Retail’s exposure to revolving credit products has been actively managed to ensure that it is appropriate to customers’ changing financial circumstances.

Impairment provisions decreased by £77 million, compared with 31 December 2012.  This reduction was driven by fewer assets entering arrears and recoveries assets being written down to the present value of future expected cash flows.  Impairment provisions as a percentage of impaired loans in collections increased to 83.3 per cent at 30 June 2013 from 82.6 per cent at 31 December 2012.


 
Page 47 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC
 
CREDIT RISK PORTFOLIO (continued)

Commercial Banking

Overview
·
The Commercial Banking impairment charge was £727 million in the first half of 2013, substantially lower than the £1,408 million in the first half of 2012.  The impairment charge was also lower compared to £1,538 million in the second half of 2012.
 
·
The overall quality of the Commercial Banking portfolio remains good.  The Group’s prudent through the cycle approach to risk appetite, and the continuing low interest rate environment are helping maintain defaults at a relatively low level, despite subdued economic conditions.
 
·
The impairment charge as a percentage of average loans and advances decreased to 1.03 per cent from 1.61 per cent in the first half of 2012, and materially improved from 2.06 per cent for the half year to 31 December 2012.
 

 
Impairment charge
   
Half-year 
to 30 June 
2013 
 
Half-year 
to 30 June 
2012 
 
Change 
since 
30 June 
2012 
 
Half-year 
to 31 Dec 
2012 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
 
£m 
                 
Impairment charge
 
727 
 
1,408 
 
48 
 
1,538 
                 
Impairment charge as a % of average advances
 
1.03% 
 
1.61% 
 
(58)bp 
 
2.06% 

Impaired loans and provisions

Commercial Banking impaired loans reduced substantially by 20.3 per cent to £19,102 million compared with 31 December 2012.  As a percentage of closing loans and advances to customers, impaired loans reduced to 13.6 per cent from 16.6 per cent at 31 December 2012, despite a reducing portfolio.  Impairment provisions as a percentage of impaired loans improved to 43.9 per cent from 41.7 per cent at 31 December 2012 driven by increased provisions made on a number of existing impaired connections and the disposal of impaired loans with lower coverage.


At 30 June 2013
Loans and 
advances to 
customers 
 
Impaired 
loans 
 
Impaired 
loans as a    % of 
closing  advances 
 
Impairment  provisions1
 
Impairment 
provisions 
as a % of 
impaired 
loans 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
 
£m 
 
                     
Total Commercial Banking
 
140,472 
 
19,102 
 
13.6 
 
8,377 
 
43.9 
Reverse repos
 
1,917 
               
Impairment provisions
 
(8,377)
               
Fair value adjustments
 
– 
               
Total
 
134,012 
               
                     

1
Includes collective unimpaired provisions of £826 million.

 
Page 48 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC

CREDIT RISK PORTFOLIO (continued)

At 31 December 2012
Loans and 
advances to 
customers 
 
Impaired 
loans 
 
Impaired 
loans as a % of 
closing  advances 
 
Impairment  provisions1
 
Impairment 
provisions 
as a % of 
impaired 
loans 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
 
£m 
 
                     
Total Commercial Banking
 
144,770 
 
23,965 
 
16.6 
 
9,984 
 
41.7 
Reverse repos
 
5,087 
               
Impairment provisions
 
(9,984)
               
Fair value adjustments
 
(131)
               
Total
 
139,742 
               
                     

1
Includes collective unimpaired provisions of £894 million.

SME - the SME portfolio continues to grow within prudent credit risk appetite parameters and net lending increased 5 per cent year-on-year reflecting the Group’s continuing commitment to support the UK economy and the Funding for Lending Scheme, with portfolio credit quality either remaining stable or improving across all key metrics.  There have been no material changes to credit risk appetite.

The impairment charge has reduced to £89 million in the first half of 2013 compared to £116 million in the first half of 2012.  Stable credit quality and a reducing impairment charge reflect the Group’s consistent and prudent through the cycle credit risk appetite, and is also a function of benefitting from a low interest rate environment which has helped to maintain defaults at a lower level.  Notwithstanding this, the Group always looks to ensure that new business originated can sustain an increase in policy rates over the medium-term back to more normal levels.

This is all part of the Group’s commitment to support clients through the cycle and its prudent credit risk appetite remains key.  The Group’s control and monitoring activities play an important role in identifying customers showing early signs of financial stress and bringing them into the Group’s support model so prompt and supporting actions can be taken.

 
Page 49 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC
 
CREDIT RISK PORTFOLIO (continued)
 

Mid Markets  the vast majority of the business remains UK-focused with consequent dependency on the performance of the domestic economy.  Fragile consumer sentiment, public sector austerity measures and low investment activity and appetite, particularly outside London and the South East, have continued to contribute towards soft trading conditions and constrained demand for credit.  The impact of reduced demand remains evident in consumer discretionary spending sectors such as retail and leisure and investment-driven sectors such as construction, although the Group’s portfolio in these sectors has proven resilient during the first half of 2013.  The Residential Care portfolio has remained susceptible to sector-wide pressures, which continued during the first half of 2013.

The Mid Markets real estate business is focused predominantly upon unquoted private real estate portfolios.  Credit quality continues to improve and the number of new non-performing customers continues to moderate.  New business propositions are being written under robust policy parameters and in line with agreed risk appetite.  The challenging backdrop of the UK economy is maintaining pressure on the domestic real estate market with capital and rental values remaining subdued particularly outside of the London and South East region.

Global Corporatesthe portfolio related to trading companies continues to be predominantly Investment Grade focused; the overall portfolio asset quality remains good; and corporate balance sheets generally remain conservatively structured following a period of de-leveraging through the downturn.  2013 continues to see a limited number of mergers and acquisitions, with conservative structuring approaches being adopted and subsequent focus on rapid de-leveraging.  Whilst the Group continues to see weakness in sectors such as Media, Retail, Leisure, Manufacturing and Construction across the UK and Continental Europe, there are now some signs of a slow improvement, albeit this remains fragile.

The Global Corporates real estate customer franchise is focused on the larger borrower end of the UK property market with a bias to the quoted public listed companies and funds sector.  Portfolio credit quality remains very acceptable being underpinned by seasoned management teams with proven asset management skills generating predictable cash flows from their income producing portfolios.  Access to capital to exploit market opportunities remains available and the customer bias towards London and ‘prime’ assets has enhanced performance despite the overall challenging UK market conditions.  Developing signs of greater distribution appetite in the market including increased participation from insurers is likely to increase the diversity of customer funding options.

Financial InstitutionsCommercial Banking maintains relationships with many major financial institutions throughout the world.  These relationships are either client focused or held to support the Group’s funding, liquidity and general hedging requirements.  Trading exposures continue to be predominantly short-term and/or collateralised with inter bank activity mainly undertaken with strong investment grade counterparties.  The Eurozone remains challenging and continues to demand very close portfolio scrutiny and oversight.  Detailed contingency plans are in place and continuously refined, whilst modest exposures to financial institutions domiciled in peripheral Eurozone countries continue to be managed within tight risk parameters.

Financial Markets provides access to the external wholesale market to facilitate the Group’s balance sheet management activities providing pricing and risk management solutions to both internal and external clients.

The majority of funding and risk management activity is transacted with investment grade counterparties including Sovereign central banks and much of it is on a collateralised basis, such as repos facing a Central Counterparty (CCP).  Derivative transactions with Financial Institution counterparties are typically collateralised under a credit support annex in conjunction with the ISDA Master Agreement.  The Group continues to consolidate its counterparty risk via CCP’s as part of an ongoing move to reduce bilateral counterparty risk by clearing standardised derivative contracts.

 
Page 50 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC
 
CREDIT RISK PORTFOLIO (continued)

Other Corporate Real Estate and Corporate
Loans and advances to customers include the Corporate Real Estate Business Support Unit (BSU) portfolio.

The portfolio has reduced significantly ahead of expectations primarily due to the momentum on asset disposals which totalled around £3.6billion (net book value) in the half year.  The Corporate Real Estate BSU element of the portfolio reduced from £15.7 billion to £11.9 billion during the first half of 2013.

Over two thirds of the portfolio consists of direct real estate loans.  The remainder relates to loans to other real estate related sectors, supported by trading activities (such as housebuilders, hotels and care homes) which are managed by specialist teams.  The principal aim is to minimise losses for the Group and to support the Group’s clients through difficult periods.  This activity can involve the restructuring of loans, seeking deleverage through asset sales and other sale initiatives.  A consensual route with its clients is always the Group’s preferred option.  The portfolio remains regionally focused with real estate asset quality that is largely secondary and tertiary in nature.  These assets have been the subject of frequent review, and have been impaired to appropriate levels.  In assessing the Group’s impairment provisions, allowance is taken for the Group’s greater proportion of secondary real estate assets.  Consequently a steeper fall in real estate prices, compared to the general market index expectations, is used to calculate impairment provisions.

Specialist Finance
Loans and advances to customers includes the element of the Acquisition Finance portfolio which is outside the Group’s risk appetite, along with the Asset Based Finance portfolios (Ship Finance, Aircraft Finance, Infrastructure and Rail Capital).  Total gross loans and advances reduced by £2.6 billion in the half year to 30 June 2013 mainly due to disposals of £2.2 billion (net book value).

Impairment charges in the element of the Acquisition Finance portfolio which is outside of the Groups risk appetite have continued to decline significantly, reflecting further reductions in the size of the portfolio.

The Ship Finance portfolio continues to exhibit stress due to falls in asset values across the key sectors (tankers, dry bulk and containers) and as a consequence impairment charges are running at similar levels to those experienced through 2012.  The Group has continued its strategy of disposing these assets and several initiatives are planned to take place through the remainder of 2013.

In addition to loans and advances to customers, the Specialist Finance portfolio also includes a significantly reduced Treasury Assets portfolio.  This legacy investment portfolio mainly encompasses a portfolio of Asset-Backed Securities (ABS) and financial institution Covered Bond positions.  The ABS portfolio was significantly reduced in the first six months of 2013 with disposals of £4.9 billion (net book value).




 
Page 51 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC

 
CREDIT RISK PORTFOLIO (continued)

Wealth, Asset Finance and International

Overview
·
The total Wealth, Asset Finance and International impairment charge was £450 million in the first half of 2013, a decrease of 55 per cent, against the first half of 2012.  The decrease was primarily driven by the Irish portfolio.
 
·
Across the aggregate Irish commercial real estate and corporate portfolios, 86.4 per cent (31 December 2012: 85.2 per cent) is now impaired with a coverage ratio of 73.0 per cent (31 December 2012: 68.0 per cent), primarily reflecting continued deterioration in the Irish commercial property market.  Net exposure across the Irish commercial real estate and corporate portfolios has reduced to £4.5 billion (31 December 2012: £5.4 billion).
 
·
In the Irish retail mortgage portfolio, impairment provisions as a percentage of impaired loans increased to 71.4 per cent (31 December 2012: 71.2 per cent).

Impairment charge
   
Half-year
to 30 June 
2013 
 
Half-year 
to 30 June 
2012 
 
Change 
since 
30 June 
2012 
 
Half-year 
to 31 Dec 
2012 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
 
£m 
                 
Wealth
 
 
     
15 
International:
               
Ireland retail
 
21 
 
65 
 
68 
 
43 
Ireland commercial real estate
 
183 
 
485 
 
62 
 
254 
Ireland corporate
 
181 
 
347 
 
48 
 
51 
Spain retail
 
17 
 
12 
 
(42)
 
39 
Netherlands retail
 
 
 
(17)
 
17 
Asia retail
 
(3)
 
     
29 
Latin America and Middle East
 
 
– 
     
(33)
   
407 
 
921 
 
56 
 
400 
Asset Finance:
               
United Kingdom
 
31 
 
54 
 
43 
 
67 
Australia
 
 
 
50 
 
   
35 
 
62 
 
44 
 
74 
Total impairment charge
 
450 
 
991 
 
55 
 
489 
                 
                 
Impairment charge as a % of average advances
 
2.10% 
 
3.99% 
 
(189)bp 
 
2.16% 

 
Page 52 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC
 
CREDIT RISK PORTFOLIO (continued)

Impaired loans and provisions
Total impaired loans decreased by £723 million to £13,285 million compared with £14,008 million at 31 December 2012 and as a percentage of closing loans and advances to customers increased to 33.4 per cent from 32.6 per cent at 31 December 2012.  This is primarily driven by reductions in Ireland commercial real estate and corporate.

Impairment provisions as a percentage of impaired loans increased to 71.5 per cent from 67.5 per cent at 31 December 2012.  The increase was driven by the International portfolios.

Wealth, Asset Finance and International
At 30 June 2013
Loans and 
advances to 
customers 
 
Impaired 
loans 
 
Impaired 
loans 
as a % of 
closing  advances 
 
Impairment
provisions1
 
Impairment  provisions 
as a % of 
impaired 
loans 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
 
£m 
 
                     
Wealth
 
3,381 
 
258 
 
7.6 
 
75
 
29.1 
International:
                   
Ireland retail
 
6,870 
 
1,608 
 
23.4 
 
1,158 
 
72.0 
Ireland commercial real estate
7,197 
 
6,574 
 
91.3 
 
4,936 
 
75.1 
Ireland corporate
 
5,000 
 
3,967 
 
79.3 
 
2,757 
 
69.5 
Spain retail
 
– 
 
– 
     
– 
   
Netherlands retail
 
5,823 
 
82 
 
1.4 
 
44 
 
53.7 
Asia retail
 
1,868 
 
102 
 
5.5 
 
41 
 
40.2 
Latin America and Middle East
 
25 
 
19 
 
76.0 
 
24 
   
   
26,783 
 
12,352 
 
46.1 
 
8,960 
 
72.5 
Asset Finance:
                   
United Kingdom
 
5,679 
 
639 
 
11.3 
 
429 
 
67.1 
Australia
 
3,990 
 
36 
 
0.9 
 
40 
   
   
9,669 
 
675 
 
7.0 
 
469 
 
69.5 
Total gross lending
 
39,833 
 
13,285 
 
33.4 
 
9,504 
 
71.5 
Impairment provisions
 
(9,504)
               
Fair value adjustments
 
(12)
               
Total
 
30,317 
               
                     

1
Impairment provisions include collective unimpaired provisions.
 
 
 
Page 53 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC
 
CREDIT RISK PORTFOLIO (continued)

At 31 December 2012
Loans and 
advances to 
customers 
 
Impaired 
loans 
 
Impaired 
loans 
as a % of 
closing  advances 
 
Impairment  provisions1
 
Impairment  provisions 
as a % of 
impaired 
loans 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
 
£m 
 
                     
Wealth
 
4,325 
 
284 
 
6.6 
 
73 
 
25.7 
International:
                   
Ireland retail
 
6,656 
 
1,534 
 
23.0 
 
1,111 
 
72.4 
Ireland commercial real estate
 
7,408 
 
6,720 
 
90.7 
 
4,695 
 
69.9 
Ireland corporate
 
5,467 
 
4,247 
 
77.7 
 
2,768 
 
65.2 
Spain retail
 
1,458 
 
104 
 
7.1 
 
94 
 
90.4 
Netherlands retail
 
5,689 
 
79 
 
1.4 
 
41 
 
51.9 
Asia retail
 
1,978 
 
80 
 
4.0 
 
46 
 
57.5 
Latin America and Middle East
 
46 
 
36 
 
78.3 
 
31 
 
86.1 
   
28,702 
 
12,800 
 
44.6 
 
8,786 
 
68.6 
Asset Finance:
                   
United Kingdom
 
5,848 
 
885 
 
15.1 
 
541 
 
61.1 
Australia
 
4,052 
 
39 
 
1.0 
 
53 
   
   
9,900 
 
924 
 
9.3 
 
594 
 
64.3 
Total gross lending
 
42,927 
 
14,008 
 
32.6 
 
9,453 
 
67.5 
Impairment provisions
 
(9,453)
               
Fair value adjustments
 
(28)
               
Total
 
33,446 
               
                     

1
Impairment provisions include collective unimpaired provisions.

 

 

 
Page 54 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC
 
CREDIT RISK PORTFOLIO (continued)

Wealth
Total impaired loans decreased by £26 million to £258 million compared with £284 million at 31 December 2012.  Impairment provisions as a percentage of impaired loans increased to 29.1 per cent from 25.7 per cent at 31 December 2012 as impairment provisions remained broadly stable at £75 million.  The impairment charge for the first half of 2013 was unchanged from the first half of 2012 at £8 million.

International
Ireland
The Group continues to reduce its exposure to Ireland.  Gross loans and advances reduced by £464 million during the first half of 2013 mainly due to disposals, write-offs and net repayments, partially offset by foreign exchange movements.  Excluding foreign exchange movements, gross loans and advances reduced by £1,456 million.

Total impaired loans decreased by £352 million, or 2.8 per cent to £12,149 million compared with £12,501 million at 31 December 2012.  The reduction is driven primarily by commercial real estate and corporate loans.  Impaired loans as a percentage of closing loans and advances are broadly stable at 63.7 per cent.  Continuing weakness in the Irish real estate markets resulted in a further increase in Ireland commercial real estate and corporate coverage in the first half of 2013 to 73.0 per cent.

Impairment charges decreased by £512 million to £385 million compared to the first half of 2012. The impairment charge as an annualised percentage of average loans and advances to customers decreased to 3.97 per cent compared to 7.53 per cent in the first half of 2012.

Ireland retail loans and advances to customers increased to £6,870 million from £6,656 million at 31 December 2012 due to movements in foreign exchange rates.  On a local currency basis, loans and advances to customers reduced as the portfolio is closed to new business.  Impaired loans as a percentage of loans and advances increased to 23.4 per cent from 23.0 per cent at 31 December 2012 as the portfolio is closed to new business.  In the Irish retail mortgage portfolio impairment provisions as a percentage of impaired loans increased to 71.4 per cent (from 71.2 per cent at 31 December 2012.).  Residential property prices have remained broadly stable.

The most significant contribution to impaired loans in Ireland is the Commercial Real Estate portfolio.  Within the Commercial Real Estate portfolio, 91.3 per cent of the portfolio is now impaired (compared to 90.7 per cent at 31 December 2012).  The impairment coverage ratio has increased in the year to 75.1 per cent (69.9 per cent 31 December 2012) reflecting the continued deterioration in commercial real estate prices in Ireland.




 
Page 55 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC
 
CREDIT RISK PORTFOLIO (continued)

Secured loan to value analysis for Commercial Real Estate lending in Ireland

Loan to value ratios (indexed or actual if within last 18 months) for the Group’s largest transactions (over €5 million) are detailed in the table below.  The Group considers this portfolio to be appropriately provided for after taking into account the provisions held for each transaction and the value of the collateral held.  In the case of impaired Ireland commercial real estate exposures (over €5 million) there is a net property collateral shortfall of approximately £0.3 billion.  This figure excludes benefits of credit mitigants such as cross collateralisation and cross guarantees.  As a result of the market environment, market-based information on valuations is limited.  The Group therefore makes use of a variety of methodologies to assess the value of property collateral.  These include use of market indexes, models and subject matter expert judgement.

Loans and advances (gross)
   
At 30 June 2013
 
At 31 December 2012
   
£m 
 
 
£m 
 
                 
Exposures > €5 million:
               
Less than 60%
 
80 
 
 
119 
 
61% to 70%
 
 
– 
 
20 
 
– 
71% to 80%
 
20 
 
– 
 
27 
 
– 
81% to 100%
 
109 
 
 
165 
 
101% to 125%
 
100 
 
 
182 
 
More than 125%
 
4,421 
 
74 
 
4,927 
 
81 
Unsecured
 
1,269 
 
21 
 
674 
 
11 
   
6,005 
 
100 
 
6,114 
 
100 
Exposures < €5 million
 
1,192 
     
1,294 
   
Total
 
7,197 
     
7,408 
   

Other International
Total impaired loans decreased by £96 million to £203 million compared with £299 million at 31 December 2012 driven by Latin America and Middle East and the sale of the Spain retail portfolio.  In the Netherlands impaired loans remained stable at 1.4 per cent of closing loans and advances.  Impairment provisions as a percentage of impaired loans increased to 53.7 per cent from 51.9 per cent at 31 December 2012 against a backdrop of falling residential property prices.

Asset Finance
United Kingdom – The impairment charge in the first half of 2013 reduced by 43 per cent to £31 million compared with £54 million in the first half of 2012, driven by continued strong credit management and further improved credit quality.  The retail portfolio saw more customers meeting their payment arrangements resulting in a lower proportion of people falling into arrears.  The retail impairments also benefited from debt sale activity during the course of the half year.  The number of defaults in all areas of the commercial and corporate lending book was low relative to the last 3 years, reflecting effective previous and ongoing credit risk management actions.

Australia – Impaired loans decreased by £3 million to £36 million compared with £39 million at 31 December 2012 and as a percentage of closing loans and advances decreased to 0.9 per cent from 1.0 per cent at 31 December 2012.  The impairment charge in the first half of 2013 reduced by 50per cent to £4 million.  The Asset Finance business continues to benefit from strong credit management and improving credit quality supported by a resilient Australian economy.


 
Page 56 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


EXPOSURES TO EUROZONE COUNTRIES

The following section summarises the Group's direct exposure to Eurozone countries at 30 June 2013.  The exposures comprise on-balance sheet exposures based on their balance sheet carrying values and off-balance sheet exposures, and are based on the country of domicile of the counterparty unless otherwise indicated.

The Group manages its exposures to individual countries through authorised country limits which take into account economic, financial, political and social factors.  In addition, the Group manages its direct risks to the selected countries by establishing and monitoring risk limits for individual banks, financial institutions, corporates and individuals.

Identified indirect exposure information is also taken into account when setting limits and determining credit risk appetite for individual counterparties.  This forms part of the Group’s credit analysis undertaken at least annually for counterparty and sector reviews, with interim updates performed as necessary.  Interim updates would usually be triggered by specific credit events such as rating downgrades, sovereign events or other developments such as spread widening.  Examples of indirect risk which have been identified are: European Banking groups with lending and other exposures to certain Eurozone Countries; corporate customers with operations or significant trade in certain European jurisdictions; major travel operators known to operate in certain Eurozone Countries; and international banks with custodian operations based in certain European locations.

The Group Financial Stability Forum (GFSF) monitors developments within the Eurozone, carries out stress testing through detailed scenario analysis and completes appropriate due diligence on the Group’s exposures.

The GFSF has carried out a number of scenario analyses and rehearsals to test the Group’s resilience in the event of further instability in certain Eurozone countries.  The Group has developed and refined pre-determined action plans that would be executed in such scenarios.  The plans set out governance requirements and responsibilities for the key actions which would be carried out and cover risk areas such as payments, liquidity and capital, communications, suppliers and systems, legal, credit, delivery channels and products, employees and the impact on customers.

The Group has included certain amounts on a net basis to better reflect the overall risk to which the Group is exposed.  The gross IFRS reported values for the exposures to Ireland, Spain, Portugal, Italy and Greece are detailed in the following tables.  Derivative balances are included within exposures to financial institutions or corporates, as appropriate, at fair value adjusted for master netting agreements at obligor level and net of cash collateral in line with legal agreements.  Exposures in respect of reverse repurchase agreements are included on a gross IFRS basis and are disclosed based on the counterparty rather than the collateral (repos and stock lending are excluded); reverse repurchase exposures are not, therefore, reduced as a result of collateral held.  Exposures to central clearing counterparties are shown net.

For multi-country asset backed securities exposures, the Group has reported exposures based on the largest country exposure.  The country of exposure for asset backed securities is based on the location of the underlying assets which are predominantly residential mortgages not in the domicile of the issuer.



 
Page 57 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC
 
EXPOSURES TO EUROZONE COUNTRIES (continued)

Exposures to Ireland, Spain, Portugal, Italy and Greece
The Group continues to have minimal exposure, in aggregate, which could be considered to be direct recourse to the sovereign risk of the selected countries.

   
Sovereign
debt
 
Financial
institutions
                   
   
Direct 
sovereign 
exposures
 
Cash at 
central 
banks
 
Banks
 
Other
 
Asset 
backed 
securities
 
Corporate
 
Personal
 
Insurance 
assets
 
Total
At 30 June 2013
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
                                     
Ireland
 
– 
 
– 
 
115 
 
1,200 
 
184 
 
5,236 
 
5,704 
 
103 
 
12,542 
Spain
 
 
 
505 
 
– 
 
34 
 
2,203 
 
52 
 
20 
 
2,828 
Portugal
 
– 
 
– 
 
32 
 
– 
 
204 
 
218 
 
10 
 
– 
 
464 
Italy
 
 
– 
 
55 
 
18 
 
11 
 
128 
 
– 
 
31 
 
245 
Greece
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
161 
 
– 
 
– 
 
161 
   
 
 
707 
 
1,218 
 
433 
 
7,946 
 
5,766 
 
154 
 
16,240 
At 31 December 2012
                                   
Ireland
 
– 
 
– 
 
115 
 
644 
 
305 
 
5,972 
 
5,559 
 
111 
 
12,706 
Spain
 
 
14 
 
1,170 
 
 
132 
 
2,110 
 
1,472 
 
25 
 
4,935 
Portugal
 
– 
 
– 
 
118 
 
– 
 
224 
 
187 
 
10 
 
– 
 
539 
Italy
 
 
– 
 
44 
 
– 
 
10 
 
150 
 
– 
 
37 
 
246 
Greece
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
277 
 
– 
 
– 
 
277 
   
10 
 
14 
 
1,447 
 
651 
 
671 
 
8,696 
 
7,041 
 
173 
 
18,703 

Derivatives with sovereigns and sovereign referenced credit default swaps are insignificant.  Exposures to other financial institutions relate primarily to balances held within insurance companies and funds.  No impairments are held against these exposures.

At 30 June 2013, the Group’s total gross derivative asset exposure to counterparties registered in the above countries was £711 million (31 December 2012: £754 million), offset by derivative liabilities of £267 million (31 December 2012: £278 million) and cash collateral held of £189 million (31 December 2012: £152 million).  Within the following detailed tables, derivative assets are included within the carrying value column, and derivative liabilities and cash collateral are included within the netting column.

Assets held by the Insurance business are shareholder assets and are held outside the with-profits and unit-linked funds.  Approximately £87 million (31 December 2012: £106 million) of these exposures relate to direct investments where the issuer is resident in Ireland, Spain, Portugal, Italy or Greece and the credit rating is consistent with the tight credit criteria defined under the appropriate investment mandate.  The remaining exposures relate to interests in two funds domiciled in Ireland and administered by Scottish Widows Investment Partnership (the Global Liquidity Fund and the Short-Term Fund) where in line with the investment mandates, cash is invested in the money markets.  For these funds, the exposure is analysed on a look through basis to the underlying assets held and the Insurance business’s pro rata share of these assets rather than treating all the holding in the fund as exposure to Ireland.  Within the above exposures there are no sovereign exposures.

The Group continued to reduce its exposure to these countries and exposures have been proactively managed down in line with its risk appetite.  The Group’s total exposure has reduced 13 per cent from £18,703 million to £16,240 million.

 
Page 58 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC

EXPOSURES TO EUROZONE COUNTRIES (continued)

Ireland
   
At 30 June 2013
 
At 31 December 2012
   
Carrying 
value 
 
Netting 
 
Net 
 
Carrying 
value 
 
Netting 
 
Net 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
                         
Financial institutions – banks
                       
Amortised cost
 
115 
 
– 
 
115 
 
47 
 
– 
 
47 
Net trading assets
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
 
– 
 
Available-for-sale
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
53 
 
– 
 
53 
Derivatives
 
177 
 
(177)
 
– 
 
188 
 
(180)
 
   
292 
 
(177)
 
115 
 
295 
 
(180)
 
115 
Financial institutions – other
                       
Amortised cost
 
918 
 
– 
 
918 
 
557 
 
– 
 
557 
Net trading assets
 
277 
 
– 
 
277 
 
86 
 
– 
 
86 
Derivatives
 
 
(4)
 
 
 
(3)
 
   
1,204 
 
(4)
 
1,200 
 
647 
 
(3)
 
644 
Asset backed securities
                       
Amortised cost
 
148 
 
– 
 
148 
 
216 
 
– 
 
216 
Available-for-sale
 
36 
 
– 
 
36 
 
89 
 
– 
 
89 
   
184 
 
– 
 
184 
 
305 
 
– 
 
305 
Corporate
                       
Amortised cost
 
4,503 
 
– 
 
4,503 
 
5,400 
 
– 
 
5,400 
Derivatives
 
33 
 
(1)
 
32 
 
39 
 
(1)
 
38 
Off-balance sheet exposures
 
701 
 
– 
 
701 
 
534 
 
– 
 
534 
   
5,237 
 
(1)
 
5,236 
 
5,973 
 
(1)
 
5,972 
Personal amortised cost
 
5,704 
 
– 
 
5,704 
 
5,559 
 
– 
 
5,559 
Insurance assets
 
103 
 
– 
 
103 
 
111 
 
– 
 
111 
Total
 
12,724 
 
(182)
 
12,542 
 
12,890 
 
(184)
 
12,706 

The Group held impairment provisions of £7,058 million (31 December 2012: £6,597 million) against corporate amortised cost exposures and £1,177 million (31 December 2012: £1,111 million) against personal amortised cost exposures.  £14 million (31 December 2012: £34 million) was included in reserves in respect of available-for-sale securities included in the table above.

In addition to the above balances, there are unutilised and uncommitted money market lines and repo facilities of approximately £0.5 billion (31 December 2012: £nil).

The Group has exposures to a structured vehicle incorporated in Ireland.  In accordance with the reporting protocol outlined above, the exposures classified as bonds have been reported on the basis of the underlying country of risk, while other exposures have been reported against the country of registration of the structured vehicle.

The movement in the period within exposures to financial institutions is primarily due to reverse repurchase transactions secured primarily on UK gilts.

Personal exposures increased in the year due to the exchange rate movements, however on an underlying Euro basis, the exposures decreased by 2 per cent.  See page 53 for further details on Irish corporate and personal exposures.  The off-balance sheet exposures to corporates are principally undrawn facilities.

 
Page 59 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC
 
EXPOSURES TO EUROZONE COUNTRIES (continued)

Spain
   
At 30 June 2013
 
At 31 December 2012
   
Carrying 
value 
 
Netting 
 
Net 
 
Carrying 
value 
 
Netting 
 
Net 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
                         
Sovereign debt
                       
Direct sovereign exposures
 
 
– 
 
 
 
– 
 
Central bank balances
 
 
– 
 
 
14 
 
– 
 
14 
   
14 
 
– 
 
14 
 
19 
 
– 
 
19 
Financial institutions – banks
                       
Amortised cost
 
26 
 
– 
 
26 
 
32 
 
– 
 
32 
Net trading assets
 
17 
 
– 
 
17 
 
64 
 
– 
 
64 
Available-for-sale
 
459 
 
– 
 
459 
 
1,055 
 
– 
 
1,055 
Derivatives
 
227 
 
(224)
 
 
197 
 
(178)
 
19 
   
729 
 
(224)
 
505 
 
1,348 
 
(178)
 
1,170 
Financial institutions – other
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
 
– 
 
Asset backed securities
                       
Amortised cost
 
10 
 
– 
 
10 
 
31 
 
– 
 
31 
Available-for-sale
 
24 
 
– 
 
24 
 
101 
 
– 
 
101 
   
34 
 
– 
 
34 
 
132 
 
– 
 
132 
Corporate
                       
Amortised cost
 
1,291 
 
– 
 
1,291 
 
1,427 
 
– 
 
1,427 
Net trading assets
 
 
– 
 
 
 
– 
 
Derivatives
 
163 
 
(3)
 
160 
 
197 
 
(5)
 
192 
Off-balance sheet exposures
 
746 
 
– 
 
746 
 
490 
 
– 
 
490 
   
2,206 
 
(3)
 
2,203 
 
2,115 
 
(5)
 
2,110 
Personal
                       
Amortised cost
 
52 
 
– 
 
52 
 
1,414 
 
– 
 
1,414 
Off-balance sheet exposures
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
58 
 
– 
 
58 
   
52 
 
– 
 
52 
 
1,472 
 
– 
 
1,472 
Insurance assets
 
20 
 
– 
 
20 
 
25 
 
– 
 
25 
Total
 
3,055 
 
(227)
 
2,828 
 
5,118 
 
(183)
 
4,935 

Spanish exposure reduced considerably in the period, primarily due to the sale of retail banking business to Banco Sabadell.  The Corporate banking business was retained and 81 per cent of the remaining £2,203 million corporate exposure is mainly local lending.  This comprises of corporate loans and project finance facilities (89 per cent) and commercial real estate portfolio (11 per cent).

The Group held impairment provisions of £132 million (31 December 2012: £112 million) against corporate amortised cost exposures and £13 million (31 December 2012: £105 million) against personal amortised cost exposures.  £78 million (31 December 2012: £220 million) was included in reserves in respect of available-for-sale securities included in the table above.

Included within exposures to banks, and treated as available-for-sale assets are covered bonds of £0.5 billion (31 December 2012: £1.1 billion), which are ultimately secured on a pool of mortgage assets in the countries concerned and benefit from over-collateralisation and have an overall weighted maturity of approximately five years.  The Group has credit default swap positions referenced to banking groups domiciled in Spain (net short of £4.3 million), which are included in the balances detailed above, and unutilised and uncommitted money market lines and repo facilities of approximately £0.4 billion (31 December 2012: £1.0 billion) in respect of Spanish banks.  Bank limits have been closely monitored with amounts and tenors reduced where appropriate.

 
Page 60 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC
 
EXPOSURES TO EUROZONE COUNTRIES (continued)

Portugal
   
At 30 June 2013
 
At 31 December 2012
   
Carrying 
value 
 
Netting 
 
Net 
 
Carrying 
value 
 
Netting 
 
Net 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
                         
Financial institutions – banks
                       
Amortised cost
 
11 
 
– 
 
11 
 
14 
 
– 
 
14 
Net trading assets
 
21 
 
– 
 
21 
 
20 
 
– 
 
20 
Available-for-sale
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
83 
 
– 
 
83 
Derivatives
 
 
(4)
 
– 
 
 
(4)
 
   
36 
 
(4)
 
32 
 
122 
 
(4)
 
118 
Asset backed securities
                       
Amortised cost
 
87 
 
– 
 
87 
 
119 
 
– 
 
119 
Available-for-sale
 
117 
 
– 
 
117 
 
105 
 
– 
 
105 
   
204 
 
– 
 
204 
 
224 
 
– 
 
224 
Corporate
                       
Amortised cost
 
91 
 
– 
 
91 
 
86 
 
– 
 
86 
Net trading assets
 
 
– 
 
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
Off-balance sheet exposures
 
119 
 
– 
 
119 
 
101 
 
– 
 
101 
   
218 
 
– 
 
218 
 
187 
 
– 
 
187 
Personal amortised cost
 
10 
 
– 
 
10 
 
10 
 
– 
 
10 
Total
 
468 
 
(4)
 
464 
 
543 
 
(4)
 
539 

The Group held impairment provisions of £22 million (31 December 2012: £21 million) against corporate amortised cost exposures.  £32 million (31 December 2012: £55 million) was included in reserves in respect of available-for-sale securities in the table above.


Greece
   
At 30 June 2013
 
At 31 December 2012
   
Carrying 
value 
 
Netting 
 
Net 
 
Carrying 
value 
 
Netting 
 
Net 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
                         
Corporate
                       
Amortised cost
 
154 
 
– 
 
154 
 
249 
 
– 
 
249 
Derivatives
 
 
– 
 
 
12 
 
– 
 
12 
Off-balance sheet exposures
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
16 
 
– 
 
16 
Total
 
161 
 
– 
 
161 
 
277 
 
– 
 
277 

The Group held impairment provisions of £33 million (31 December 2012: £40 million) against corporate amortised cost exposures.

The exposures in Greece principally relate to shipping loans to Greek shipping companies where the assets are generally secured and the vessels operate in international waters; repayment is mainly dependent on international trade and the industry is less sensitive to the Greek economy.

 
Page 61 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC

EXPOSURES TO EUROZONE COUNTRIES (continued)

Italy
   
At 30 June 2013
 
At 31 December 2012
   
Carrying 
value 
 
Netting 
 
Net 
 
Carrying 
value 
 
Netting 
 
Net 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
                         
Sovereign debt
                       
Direct sovereign exposures
 
 
– 
 
 
 
– 
 
Financial institutions – banks
                       
Amortised cost
 
16 
 
– 
 
16 
 
22 
 
– 
 
22 
Net trading assets
 
38 
 
– 
 
38 
 
19 
 
– 
 
19 
Derivatives
 
42 
 
(41)
 
 
58 
 
(55)
 
   
96 
 
(41)
 
55 
 
99 
 
(55)
 
44 
Financial institutions - other
 
18 
 
– 
 
18 
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
Asset backed securities
                       
Available-for-sale
 
11 
 
– 
 
11 
 
10 
 
– 
 
10 
Corporate
                       
Amortised cost
 
48 
 
– 
 
48 
 
76 
 
– 
 
76 
Net trading assets
 
13 
 
– 
 
13 
 
 
– 
 
Derivatives
 
49 
 
(2)
 
47 
 
54 
 
(4)
 
50 
Off-balance sheet exposures
 
20 
 
– 
 
20 
 
20 
 
– 
 
20 
   
130 
 
(2)
 
128 
 
154 
 
(4)
 
150 
Insurance assets
 
31 
 
– 
 
31 
 
37 
 
– 
 
37 
Total
 
288 
 
(43)
 
245 
 
305 
 
(59)
 
246 

The Group held impairment provisions of £nil (31 December 2012: £2 million) against corporate amortised cost exposures.  No balances were included in reserves in respect of available-for-sale securities in the table above.

In addition to the above balances there are unutilised and uncommitted money market lines and repo facilities of approximately £0.4 billion (31 December 2012: £0.2 billion) predominantly in respect of Italian banks.  Bank limits have been closely monitored with amounts and tenors reduced where appropriate.



 
Page 62 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC

EXPOSURES TO EUROZONE COUNTRIES (continued)

In addition to the exposures detailed above, the Group has the following exposures to sovereigns, financial institutions, asset backed securities, corporates and personal customers in the following Eurozone countries:

   
Sovereign
debt
 
Financial
institutions
                   
   
Direct 
sovereign 
exposures
 
Cash at 
central  banks
 
Banks
 
Other
 
Asset 
backed 
securities
 
Corporate
 
Personal
 
Insurance 
assets
 
Total
At 30 June 2013
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
                                     
Netherlands
 
– 
 
18,931 
 
1,476 
 
55 
 
211 
 
2,372 
 
5,779 
 
980 
 
29,804 
France
 
– 
 
– 
 
1,793 
 
55 
 
76 
 
3,221 
 
316 
 
1,154 
 
6,615 
Germany
 
332 
 
1,890 
 
1,153 
 
72 
 
292 
 
1,661 
 
– 
 
925 
 
6,325 
Luxembourg
 
– 
 
– 
 
 
1,210 
 
– 
 
1,418 
 
– 
 
120 
 
2,752 
Belgium
 
 
– 
 
475 
 
– 
 
– 
 
744 
 
– 
 
51 
 
1,272 
Austria
 
– 
 
– 
 
 
– 
 
– 
 
275 
 
– 
 
11 
 
289 
Finland
 
– 
 
– 
 
15 
 
– 
 
– 
 
 
– 
 
203 
 
227 
Malta
 
– 
 
– 
 
 
– 
 
– 
 
97 
 
– 
 
– 
 
103 
Cyprus
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
31 
 
– 
 
– 
 
31 
Slovenia
 
– 
 
– 
 
31 
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
31 
Estonia
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
 
– 
 
– 
 
   
334 
 
20,821 
 
4,956 
 
1,392 
 
579 
 
9,830 
 
6,095 
 
3,444 
 
47,451 
At 31 December 2012
                                   
Netherlands
 
 
33,232 
 
478 
 
 
268 
 
2,207 
 
5,649 
 
977 
 
42,814 
France
 
 
– 
 
853 
 
– 
 
77 
 
3,226 
 
312 
 
1,457 
 
5,931 
Germany
 
284 
 
1,809 
 
389 
 
414 
 
400 
 
2,117 
 
– 
 
977 
 
6,390 
Luxembourg
 
– 
 
 
– 
 
834 
 
– 
 
1,841 
 
– 
 
71 
 
2,748 
Belgium
 
– 
 
– 
 
309 
 
25 
 
– 
 
568 
 
– 
 
64 
 
966 
Austria
 
– 
 
– 
 
 
– 
 
– 
 
73 
 
– 
 
– 
 
76 
Finland
 
– 
 
– 
 
16 
 
– 
 
– 
 
43 
 
– 
 
214 
 
273 
Malta
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
218 
 
– 
 
– 
 
218 
Cyprus
 
– 
 
– 
 
 
– 
 
– 
 
102 
 
– 
 
– 
 
104 
Slovenia
 
– 
 
– 
 
35 
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
35 
Estonia
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
 
– 
 
– 
 
   
291 
 
35,043 
 
2,085 
 
1,275 
 
745 
 
10,397 
 
5,961 
 
3,760 
 
59,557 

Total balances with other Eurozone countries have decreased from £59,557 million to £47,451 million.  This is primarily due to a decrease in Dutch central bank balances.  Derivatives with sovereigns and sovereign referenced credit default swaps are insignificant.


 
Page 63 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC

EXPOSURES TO EUROZONE COUNTRIES (continued)

Eurozone redenomination risk

Redenomination risk arises from the uncertainty over how an exiting member state would deal with pre-incurred euro contractual liabilities and, in particular, whether it (or a competent European body) legislates to re-denominate such liabilities into a post-euro currency.  It is generally expected that an exiting member state would introduce a new national currency and determine an opening rate of exchange, which would then change when trading commences in the new currency, exposing the holders of the new currency to the risk of changes in the value of the new currency against the Euro.  Although considered less likely, multiple member exits may also take place, and in the case of a total dissolution of the Eurozone, the Euro may cease to be a valid currency, with the possibility of all states introducing their own currencies.

The Group has considered redenomination risk in respect of its exposures to Ireland, Spain, Portugal, Italy, Greece and Cyprus; and in the event of a member exit believes that the risks can be broadly classified as follows:

·
The Group is not significantly exposed to the redenomination impact of a Greek exit from the Euro as Greek-related exposures are very limited and are in any case predominantly ship finance facilities denominated in US dollar or Sterling with contracts subject to English law.  The Group’s exposures to Italy, Ireland, Portugal, Spain and Cyprus are considered to be at potential risk of redenomination.  Redenomination of contractual liabilities depends on, amongst other things, the terms of relevant contracts, the contents of the legislation passed by the exiting member state, the governing law and jurisdiction of the contract and the nationality of the parties of the contracts;
 
·
The Group has undertaken actions to mitigate redenomination risk for both assets and liabilities where possible, but it is not clear that such mitigation will be effective in the event of a member exit; and
 
·
The introduction of one or more new currencies would be likely to lead to significant operational issues for clearing and payment systems.  The Group continues to work actively with central banks, regulators and with the main clearing and payment systems to better understand and mitigate the impact of these risks on the Group and its customers.





 
Page 64 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC
 
LIQUIDITY AND FUNDING MANAGEMENT

Liquidity and funding continues to remain a key area of focus for the Group and the industry as a whole.  Like all major banks, the Group is dependent on confidence in the short and long-term wholesale funding markets.  Should the Group, due to exceptional circumstances, be unable to continue to source sustainable funding, its ability to fund its financial obligations could be impacted.

During the first half of 2013 the Group continued the run down of the portfolios of assets which are outside of the Group’s risk appetite.  The continued successful right-sizing of the Group’s balance sheet and the growth in customer deposits has strengthened the Group’s funding position and reduced exposure to wholesale funding.  In turn the improved funding position in 2013 has enabled the Group to repay early the full amount of the €13.5 billion Long Term Refinancing Operation funding from the European Central Bank and cancel other term funding totalling £8.7 billion.  The combination of a strong balance sheet and access to a wide range of funding markets, including government schemes, provides the Group with a broad range of options with respect to funding the balance sheet in the remainder of 2013.

The key dependencies on successfully funding the Group’s balance sheet include the continued functioning of the money and capital markets; successful right-sizing of the Group’s balance sheet; limited further deterioration in the UK’s and the Group’s credit rating; and no significant or sudden withdrawal of customer deposits.  Additionally, in 2009 the Group entered into a number of EU state aid related obligations one of which was reductions in certain parts of its balance sheet by the end of 2014.  The Group has achieved the asset reduction commitment ahead of the mandated completion date and has received a formal release from this obligation from the European Commission.  The Group notes the recent announcement from the Financial Policy Committee on the Liquidity Coverage Ratio and will work with the regulator to ensure regulatory requirements that are implemented are met.

The progress the Group has made to date in diversifying its funding sources has further strengthened its funding base.  Funding concentration by counterparty is not considered significant by the Group.  Where concentrations do exist (i.e. maturity profile); these are limited by the internal risk appetite and considered manageable.

Group funding sources
Total wholesale funding reduced by £12.6 billion to £157.0 billion, with the volume with a residual maturity less than one year remaining stable at £50.7 billion (£50.6 billion at 31 December 2012).  The Group’s term funding ratio (wholesale funding with a remaining life of over one year as a percentage of total wholesale funding) reduced to 68 per cent (70 per cent at 31 December 2012) as expected in line with maturities of wholesale term funding and limited term wholesale issuance for the half year to 30 June 2013.




 
 
Page 65 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC
 
LIQUIDITY AND FUNDING MANAGEMENT (continued)

Group funding position
   
At 
30 June 
2013 
 
At 
31 Dec 
20121
 
Change 
   
£bn 
 
£bn 
 
             
Funding requirement
           
Loans and advances to customers2
 
503.9 
 
512.1 
 
(2)
Loans and advances to banks3
 
7.8 
 
12.5 
 
(38)
Debt securities
 
1.7 
 
5.3 
 
(68)
Reverse repurchase agreements
 
0.8 
 
– 
   
Available-for-sale financial assets – secondary4
 
2.6 
 
5.3 
 
(51)
Cash balances5
 
3.4 
 
3.5 
 
(3)
Funded assets
 
520.2 
 
538.7 
 
(3)
Other assets6
 
271.5 
 
302.2 
 
(10)
   
791.7 
 
840.9 
 
(6)
On balance sheet primary liquidity assets7
           
Reverse repurchase agreements
 
2.0 
 
5.8 
 
(66)
Balances at central banks – primary5
 
57.2 
 
76.8 
 
(26)
Available-for-sale financial assets – primary
 
33.9 
 
26.1 
 
30 
Trading and fair value through profit and loss
 
(7.9)
 
(9.4)
 
16 
Repurchase agreements
 
(0.1)
 
(5.9)
 
98 
   
85.1 
 
93.4 
 
(9)
Total Group assets
 
876.8 
 
934.3 
 
(6)
Less: Other liabilities6
 
(240.4)
 
(277.8)
 
13 
Funding requirement
 
636.4 
 
656.5 
 
(3)
Funded by
           
Customer deposits8
 
430.6 
 
422.5 
 
Wholesale funding9
 
157.0 
 
169.6 
 
(7)
   
587.6 
 
592.1 
 
(1)
Repurchase agreements
 
5.1 
 
21.8 
 
(77)
Total equity
 
43.7 
 
42.6 
 
Total funding
 
636.4
 
656.5 
 
(3)

1
Restated to reflect the implementation of IAS 19R and IFRS 10.  See page 85.
2
Excludes £1.9 billion (31 December 2012: £5.1 billion) of reverse repurchase agreements.
3
Excludes £23.9 billion (31 December 2012: £19.6 billion) of loans and advances to banks within the Insurance business and £0.9 billion (31 December 2012: £0.7 billion) of reverse repurchase agreements.
4
Secondary liquidity assets comprise a diversified pool of highly rated unencumbered collateral (including retained issuance).
5
Cash balances and balances at central banks – primary are combined in the Group’s balance sheet.
6
Other assets and other liabilities primarily include balances in the Group’s Insurance business and the fair value of derivative assets and liabilities.
7
Primary liquidity assets are PRA eligible liquid assets including UK Gilts, US Treasuries, Euro AAA government debt and unencumbered cash balances held at central banks.
8
Excluding repurchase agreements of £3.0 billion (31 December 2012: £4.4 billion).
9
The Group’s definition of wholesale funding aligns with that used by other international market participants; including interbank deposits, debt securities in issue and subordinated liabilities.



 
Page 66 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC
 
LIQUIDITY AND FUNDING MANAGEMENT (continued)

Reconciliation of Group funding to the balance sheet

At 30 June 2013
 
Included in 
funding 
analysis 
(above) 
 
Repos 
 
Fair value 
and other 
accounting 
methods 
 
Balance 
sheet 
   
£bn 
 
£bn 
 
£bn 
 
£bn 
                 
Deposits from banks
 
12.0 
 
2.2 
 
– 
 
14.2 
Debt securities in issue
 
109.7 
 
– 
 
(3.4)
 
106.3 
Subordinated liabilities
 
35.3 
 
– 
 
(1.1)
 
34.2 
Total wholesale funding
 
157.0 
 
2.2 
       
Customer deposits
 
430.6 
 
3.0 
 
– 
 
433.6 
Total
 
587.6 
 
5.2 
       

At 31 December 20121
 
Included in 
funding 
analysis 
(above) 
 
Repos 
 
Fair value 
and other 
accounting 
methods 
 
Balance 
sheet 
   
£bn 
 
£bn 
 
£bn 
 
£bn 
                 
Deposits from banks
 
15.1 
 
23.3 
 
– 
 
38.4 
Debt securities in issue
 
120.4 
 
– 
 
(3.1)
 
117.3 
Subordinated liabilities
 
34.1 
 
– 
 
– 
 
34.1 
Total wholesale funding
 
169.6 
 
23.3 
       
Customer deposits
 
422.5 
 
4.4 
 
– 
 
426.9 
Total
 
592.1 
 
27.7 
       

1
Restated to reflect the implementation of IAS 19R and IFRS 10.  See page 85.

Total wholesale funding by type and expected residual maturity is detailed below.

Analysis of 2013 total wholesale funding by residual maturity

 
Less 
than 
one 
month 
One to 
three 
months 
Three 
to six 
months 
Six to 
nine 
months 
Nine 
months 
to one 
year 
One to 
two 
years 
Two to 
five 
years 
More 
than 
five 
years 
Total 
at 
30 June 
2013 
Total 
at 
31 Dec 
2012 
   
£bn 
 
£bn 
 
£bn 
 
£bn 
 
£bn 
 
£bn 
 
£bn 
 
£bn 
 
£bn 
 
£bn 
                                         
Deposit from banks
 
9.1 
 
1.0 
 
0.5 
 
0.1 
 
0.4 
 
0.2 
 
0.2 
 
0.5 
 
12.0 
 
15.1 
Debt securities in issue:
                                       
Certificates of deposit
 
2.8 
 
4.0 
 
2.0 
 
0.6 
 
2.9 
 
0.1 
 
– 
 
– 
 
12.4 
 
10.7 
Commercial paper
 
2.9 
 
4.2 
 
0.4 
 
0.2 
 
0.2 
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
7.9 
 
7.9 
Medium-term notes1
 
0.2 
 
0.1 
 
1.9 
 
0.8 
 
2.4 
 
5.4 
 
10.0 
 
9.1 
 
29.9 
 
34.6 
Covered bonds
 
– 
 
– 
 
2.3 
 
2.7 
 
0.7 
 
7.2 
 
10.5 
 
13.0 
 
36.4 
 
38.7 
Securitisation
 
0.3 
 
2.0 
 
1.9 
 
2.8 
 
0.9 
 
5.1 
 
10.1 
 
– 
 
23.1 
 
28.5 
   
6.2 
 
10.3 
 
8.5 
 
7.1 
 
7.1 
 
17.8 
 
30.6 
 
22.1 
 
109.7 
 
120.4 
Subordinated liabilities
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
0.3 
 
0.1 
 
1.8 
 
5.7 
 
27.4 
 
35.3 
 
34.1 
Total wholesale funding2
 
15.3 
 
11.3
 
9.0 
 
7.5 
 
7.6 
 
19.8 
 
36.5 
 
50.0 
 
157.0 
 
169.6 

1
Medium-term notes include funding from the National Loan Guarantee Scheme (30 June 2013: £1.4 billion; 31 December 2012: £1.4 billion).
2
The Group’s definition of wholesale funding aligns with that used by other international market participants; including interbank deposits, debt securities in issue and subordinated liabilities.


 
Page 67 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC
 
LIQUIDITY AND FUNDING MANAGEMENT (continued)

Total wholesale funding by currency
   
Sterling 
 
US Dollar 
 
Euro 
 
Other 
currencies 
 
Total 
   
£bn 
 
£bn 
 
£bn 
 
£bn 
 
£bn 
                     
At 30 June 2013
 
47.9 
 
44.7 
 
53.6 
 
10.8 
 
157.0 
At 31 December 2012
 
54.3 
 
41.6 
 
60.2 
 
13.5 
 
169.6 

The Group has been able to reduce its wholesale funding balance through a combination of redemptions and debt buy backs.  Total term issuance for the first half of 2013 has been through private placements and totals £0.7 billion (US Dollars: £0.2 billion; Euro: £0.4 billion; other currencies: £0.1 billion).

The Group drew down £3 billion during the year ended 31 December 2012 under the Government’s Funding for Lending Scheme (FLS).  No further drawings have been made during the first half of 2013.

The Group loan to deposit ratio has improved to 117 per cent compared with 121 per cent at 31 December 2012, driven by strong deposit growth and asset reductions.  Excluding reverse repos and repos loans and advances reduced by £8.2 billion; customer deposits increased by £8.1 billion, and there was a continued reduction in assets which are outside of the Group’s risk appetite (30 June 2013: £82.6 billion; 31 December 2012: £98.4 billion).

Encumbered assets

The Group has not issued in secured funding markets in the half year to 30 June 2013.  Maturities have led to a reduction in externally held notes from residential mortgage-backed securities and covered bonds issuance transactions.  The Board monitors and manages total balance sheet encumbrance via a risk appetite metric.  The table below summarises the assets encumbered through the Group’s external issuance transactions.

 
 
Page 68 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC
 
LIQUIDITY AND FUNDING MANAGEMENT (continued)

Secured external issuance transactions
   
Notes  issued 
Assets  encumbered3
At 30 June 2013
 
£bn 
 
£bn 
         
Securitisations1
 
23.3 
 
37.6 
Covered bonds2
 
37.7 
 
52.0 
Total
 
61.0 
 
89.6 
         
At 31 December 2012
       
         
Securitisations1
 
28.1 
 
46.3 
Covered bonds2
 
40.7 
 
56.9 
Total
 
68.8 
 
103.2 

1
In addition the Group retained internally £44.5 billion (31 December 2012: £58.7 billion) of notes secured with £59.1 billion (31 December 2012: £71.9 billion) of assets.
2
In addition the Group retained internally £25.8 billion (31 December 2012: £26.3 billion) of notes secured with £35.9 billion (31 December 2012: £37.5 billion) of assets.
3
Pro-rated by programme (31 December 2012: number restated on this basis).

Total notes issued externally from secured programmes (asset backed securities and covered bonds) have fallen from £68.8 billion at 31 December 2012 to £61.0 billion.  A total of £70.3 billion (31 December 2012: £85.0 billion) of notes issued under securitisation and covered bond programmes have also been retained internally, most of which are held to provide a pool of collateral eligible for use at central bank liquidity facilities.  This reduction in retained notes partially reflects the Group’s increased use of whole loans as eligible collateral at central banks.

The Group uses secured transactions to manage short-term cash and collateral needs.  At 30 June 2013, the fair value of on balance sheet collateral (excluding assets within the Insurance business) pledged as security in repo and securities lending transactions was £20.5 billion (31 December 2012: £42.5 billion).  Internally held notes, encumbered through repo activity or assets pledged, are included in these disclosure amounts.  The early repayment of the full amount of €13.5 billion Long Term Refinancing Operation funding from the European Central Bank has significantly reduced the amount of internally held notes encumbered through repo activity.  Within asset-backed commercial paper (ABCP) conduits that currently issue to the market, assets pledged as security for ABCP investors totalled £4.7 billion (31 December 2012: £4.7 billion).



 
Page 69 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC
 
LIQUIDITY AND FUNDING MANAGEMENT (continued)

Liquidity portfolio

At 30 June 2013, the Group had £86.5 billion (2012: £87.6 billion) of highly liquid unencumbered assets in its primary liquidity portfolio which are available to meet cash and collateral outflows, as illustrated in the table below.  In addition the Group had £128.0 billion (2012: £117.1 billion) of secondary liquidity covering a range of ratings but all investment grade and central bank eligible.  This liquidity is managed as a single pool in the centre and is under the control of the function charged with managing the liquidity of the Group.  It is available for deployment at immediate notice, subject to complying with regulatory requirements, and is a key component of the Group’s liquidity management process.


Primary liquidity
 
At 
30 June 
2013 
 
At 
31 Dec 
2012 
 
Average 
2013
 
Average 
2012 
   
£bn 
 
£bn 
 
£bn 
 
£bn 
                 
Central bank cash deposits
 
57.2 
 
76.8 
 
67.7 
 
78.3 
Government bonds
 
29.3 
 
10.8 
 
18.2 
 
21.1 
Total
 
86.5 
 
87.6 
 
85.9 
 
99.4 

Secondary liquidity
 
At 
30 June 
2013 
 
At 
31 Dec 
2012 
 
Average 
2013 
 
Average 
2012 
   
£bn 
 
£bn 
 
£bn 
 
£bn 
                 
High-quality ABS/covered bonds1
 
1.9 
 
2.8 
 
2.5 
 
2.1 
Credit institution bonds1
 
1.4 
 
3.4 
 
1.4 
 
2.8 
Corporate bonds1
 
0.1 
 
0.1 
 
0.1 
 
0.1 
Own securities (retained issuance)
 
43.4 
 
44.9 
 
40.3 
 
50.2 
Other securities
 
5.1 
 
5.0 
 
4.5 
 
8.3 
Other2
 
76.1 
 
60.9 
 
71.8 
 
49.8 
Total
 
128.0 
 
117.1 
 
120.6 
 
113.3 
                 
Total liquidity
 
214.5 
 
204.7 
       

1
Assets rated A- or above.
2
Includes other central bank eligible assets.

Liquidity portfolio: currency
   
Sterling 
 
US Dollar 
 
Euro 
 
Other 
currencies 
 
Total 
   
£bn 
 
£bn 
 
£bn 
 
£bn 
 
£bn 
                     
At 30 June 2013
                   
Primary liquidity
 
43.2 
 
15.0 
 
21.2 
 
7.1 
 
86.5 
Secondary liquidity
 
109.7 
 
0.9 
 
15.8 
 
1.6 
 
128.0 
Total
 
152.9 
 
15.9 
 
37.0 
 
8.7 
 
214.5 
                     
At 31 December 2012
                   
Primary liquidity
 
42.2 
 
7.2 
 
36.5 
 
1.7 
 
87.6 
Secondary liquidity
 
109.2 
 
1.6 
 
4.7 
 
1.6 
 
117.1 
Total
 
151.4 
 
8.8 
 
41.2 
 
3.3 
 
204.7 

The Group manages its risk appetite and liquidity position as a coverage ratio (proportion of stressed outflows covered by primary liquid assets) rather than by reference to a quantum of liquid assets; this corresponds with PRA liquidity requirements.
 

 
 
Page 70 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC
 
LIQUIDITY AND FUNDING MANAGEMENT (continued)

Primary liquid assets of £86.5 billion represent approximately 2.7 times (2.6 times at 31 December 2012) the Group’s money market funding positions and are approximately 1.7 times (1.7 times at 31 December 2012) all wholesale funding with a maturity of less than one year, and thus provides a substantial buffer in the event of continued market dislocation.

In addition to primary liquidity holdings the Group has significant secondary liquidity holdings providing access to open market operations at a number of central banks which the Group routinely makes use of as part of its normal liquidity management practices.  Future use of such facilities will be based on prudent liquidity management and economic considerations, having regard for external market conditions.

Stress testing results
Internal stress testing results at the end of June 2013 show that the Group has liquidity resources representing 170 per cent of modelled outflows from all wholesale funding sources, retail and corporate deposits, intra-day requirements and rating dependent contracts under the Group’s most severe liquidity stress scenario (the three month combined (market wide and Group specific) scenario).

The Group’s stress testing assumes that further credit rating downgrades may reduce investor appetite for some of the Group’s liability classes and therefore funding capacity.  A hypothetical idiosyncratic two notch downgrade of the Group’s current long-term debt rating and accompanying short-term downgrade implemented instantaneously by all major rating agencies, could result in an outflow of £12.3 billion of cash over a period of up to one year, £3.6 billion of collateral posting related to customer financial contracts and £17.9 billion of collateral posting associated with secured funding.  The Group’s internal liquidity risk appetite includes such a stress scenario.  The stress scenario modelling demonstrates the Group has available liquidity resources to manage such an event.

Group borrowing costs
The Group’s borrowing costs and issuance in the capital markets are dependent on a number of factors, and increased cost or reduction of capacity could materially adversely affect the Group’s results of operations, financial condition and prospects.  In particular, reduction in the credit rating of the Group or deterioration in the capital markets’ perception of the Group’s financial resilience could significantly increase its borrowing costs and limit its issuance capacity in the capital markets.  In November 2012, Standard & Poor’s revised its outlook on the Group’s long term rating to negative from stable.  As an indicator over the last six months the spread between an index of A rated long-term senior unsecured bank debt and an index of similar BBB rated bank debt, both of which are publicly available, averaged 0.94 per cent.  The applicability to and implications for the Group’s funding cost would depend on the type of issuance, and prevailing market conditions.  The impact on the Group’s funding cost is subject to a number of assumptions and uncertainties and is therefore impossible to quantify precisely.  However, with a materially lower wholesale refinancing requirement, this risk is lower than in previous years.


 
Page 71 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC
 
CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

The Group continues to actively manage its capital position and has made significant progress in further strengthening that position through its strongly capital generative strategy, including capital-efficient profit generation, the release of capital through asset disposals and the successful delivery of management actions.

As a result the Group’s core tier 1 ratio has increased from 12.0 per cent to 13.7 per cent.

By the year end the Group expects to meet the additional requirements agreed with the PRA following the Financial Policy Committee’s recommendations, without recourse to further equity issuance or the utilisation of additional contingent capital securities.

Capital position at 30 June 2013
The Group's capital position, at 30 June 2013 is set out in the following section.



 
Page 72 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC
 
CAPITAL MANAGEMENT (continued)

Capital Ratios
Capital resources
 
At 
30 June 
2013 
 
At 
31 Dec 
20122
   
£m 
 
£m 
         
Core tier 1
       
Shareholders’ equity per balance sheet
 
43,364 
 
43,999 
Non-controlling interests per balance sheet
 
323 
 
685 
Regulatory adjustments:
       
Regulatory adjustments to non-controlling interests
 
(285)
 
(628)
Adjustment for own credit
 
213 
 
217 
Defined benefit pension adjustment
 
(662)
 
(1,438)
Unrealised reserve on available-for-sale debt securities
 
613 
 
(343)
Unrealised reserve on available-for-sale equity investments
 
(54)
 
(56)
Cash flow hedging reserve
 
(124)
 
(350)
Other items
 
349 
 
33 
   
43,737 
 
42,119 
Less: deductions from core tier 1
       
Goodwill
 
(2,016)
 
(2,016)
Intangible assets
 
(1,794)
 
(2,091)
50 per cent excess of expected losses over impairment provisions
 
(311)
 
(636)
50 per cent of securitisation positions
 
(56)
 
(183)
Core tier 1 capital
 
39,560 
 
37,193 
Non-controlling preference shares1
 
1,602 
 
1,568 
Preferred securities1
 
4,070 
 
4,039 
Less: deductions from tier 1
       
50 per cent of material holdings
 
(4,273)
 
(46)
Total tier 1 capital
 
40,959 
 
42,754 
         
Tier 2
       
Undated subordinated debt
 
1,962 
 
1,828 
Dated subordinated debt
 
19,811 
 
19,886 
Unrealised gains on available-for-sale equity investments provisions
 
54 
 
56 
Eligible provisions
 
705
 
977 
Less: deductions from tier 2
       
50 per cent excess of expected losses over impairment provisions
 
(311)
 
(636)
50 per cent of securitisation positions
 
(56)
 
(183)
50 per cent of material holdings
 
(4,273)
 
(46)
Total tier 2 capital
 
17,892 
 
21,882 
         
Supervisory deductions
       
Unconsolidated investments – life
 
– 
 
(10,104)
                                               – general insurance and other
 
– 
 
(929)
Total supervisory deductions
 
– 
 
(11,033)
Total capital resources
 
58,851 
 
53,603 
         
Risk-weighted assets
 
288,730 
 
310,299 
Core tier 1 capital ratio
 
13.7% 
 
12.0% 
Tier 1 capital ratio
 
14.2% 
 
13.8% 
Total capital ratio
 
20.4% 
 
17.3% 

1
Covered by grandfathering provisions issued by the FSA.
2
31 December 2012 comparatives have not been restated to reflect the implementation of IAS 19R and IFRS 10.


 
Page 73 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC
 
CAPITAL MANAGEMENT (continued)

The movements in core tier 1, tier 1, tier 2 and total capital in the period are shown below:

Movements in capital
   
Core tier 1 
 
Tier 1 
 
Tier 2 
Supervisory deductions
 
Total 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
                     
At 31 December 20121
 
37,193 
 
5,561 
 
21,882 
 
(11,033)
 
53,603 
Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders
 
1,560 
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
1,560 
Share issuance
 
493 
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
493 
Pension movements:
                 
Deduction of pension asset
776 
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
776 
Movement through other comprehensive income
(1,348)
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
(1,348)
Goodwill and intangible assets deductions
 
297 
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
297 
Excess of expected losses over impairment provisions
325 
 
– 
 
325 
 
 
– 
 
650 
Material holdings deduction
 
– 
 
(4,227)
 
(4,227)
 
11,033 
 
2,579 
Eligible provisions
 
– 
 
– 
 
(272)
 
– 
 
(272)
Subordinated debt movements:
                   
Foreign exchange
 
– 
 
268 
 
754 
 
– 
 
1,022 
New issuances
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
Repurchases, redemptions, amortisation and other
 
– 
 
(203)
 
(695)
 
– 
 
(898)
Other movements
 
264 
 
– 
 
125 
 
– 
 
389 
At 30 June 2013
 
39,560 
 
1,399 
 
17,892 
 
– 
 
58,851 

1
31 December 2012 comparatives have not been restated to reflect the implementation of IAS 19R and IFRS 10.

Core tier 1 capital resources have increased by £2,367 million in the period largely driven by attributable profit and share issuances partially offset by movements relating to defined benefit pension schemes.  The movements relating to pension schemes primarily reflect the impact of the adoption of amendments to IAS 19 whereby valuation impacts relating to Group defined benefit schemes flow through other comprehensive income, partially offset by a reduction in the regulatory deduction of the defined benefit pension scheme asset.

Tier 1 and tier 2 capital resources have reduced primarily due to the reallocation of unconsolidated investments in life and general insurance businesses, which were previously deducted as supervisory deductions from total capital, to become deductions from tier 1 capital (50 per cent of the total) and tier 2 capital (also 50 per cent).

The material holdings deduction from capital, predominantly relating to the Group’s investment in its insurance businesses, has reduced by £2,579 million during the period reflecting payment by the insurance businesses to the banking group of dividends totalling £1,555 million, elements of the Group’s subordinated debt holdings in the insurance business that have been repaid following the issuance of external subordinated debt in the period and the partial disposal of the Group's holding in St. James’s Place plc.



 
Page 74 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC
 
CAPITAL MANAGEMENT (continued)

Risk-weighted assets
 
At 
30 June 
2013 
 
At 
31 Dec 
2012 
   
£m 
 
£m 
         
Divisional analysis of risk-weighted assets:
       
Retail
 
91,600 
 
95,470 
Commercial Banking
 
150,489 
 
165,209 
Wealth, Asset Finance and International
 
32,167 
 
36,167 
Group Operations and Central items
 
14,474 
 
13,453 
   
288,730 
 
310,299 
         
Risk type analysis of risk-weighted assets:
       
Foundation Internal Ratings Based (IRB)
 
86,396 
 
80,612 
Retail IRB
 
86,892 
 
91,445 
Other IRB
 
9,199 
 
12,396 
IRB approach
 
182,487 
 
184,453 
Standardised approach
 
57,917 
 
73,665 
Credit risk
 
240,404 
 
258,118 
Operational risk
 
27,939 
 
27,939 
Market and counterparty risk
 
20,387 
 
24,242 
Total risk-weighted assets
 
288,730 
 
310,299 

Risk-weighted assets reduced by £21,569 million to £288,730 million, a decrease of 7 per cent.  Management of the balance sheet, mainly asset disposals, reduced risk weighted assets by £11,177 million.  Movements in external economic factors (for example house price index, foreign exchange movements and changes in risk ratings) contributed to a £5,923 million reduction.  Recalibration of models in order to comply with updated regulatory requirements, principally the implementation of slotting models relating to Corporate Real Estate (CRE) and other exposures in the UK and Ireland, reduced risk-weighted assets by £4,331 million.  Other factors, including other model updates, contributed to a £138 million decrease.

Retail risk-weighted assets reduced by £3,870 million primarily due to a reduction in lending balances and improvements in credit quality of retail assets.  Credit quality strengthened due to ongoing effective portfolio management and positive macroeconomic factors.

The reductions of risk-weighted assets of £14,720 million in Commercial Banking and £4,000 million in Wealth, Asset Finance and International primarily reflect further asset reductions and the move to slotting models for CRE businesses.  The reduction in Standardised approach risk-weighted assets and increase in Foundation IRB risk-weighted assets, is also partly due to the implementation of slotting models in the period, resulting in a reclassification between asset categories.

 
Page 75 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC

STATUTORY INFORMATION

 
Page 
Condensed consolidated half-year financial statements (unaudited)
 
Consolidated income statement
77 
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
78 
Consolidated balance sheet
79 
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
81 
Consolidated cash flow statement
84 
   
Notes
 
1
Accounting policies, presentation and estimates
85 
2
Segmental analysis
87 
3
Other income
92 
4
Operating expenses
93 
5
Impairment
94 
6
Taxation
94 
7
Earnings (loss) per share
95 
8
Disposal groups
95 
9
Trading and other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
96 
10
Derivative financial instruments
97 
11
Loans and advances to customers
98 
12
Allowance for impairment losses on loans and receivables
98 
13
Securitisations and covered bonds
99 
14
Debt securities classified as loans and receivables
100 
15
Available-for-sale financial assets
100 
16
Customer deposits
100 
17
Debt securities in issue
101 
18
Post-retirement defined benefit schemes
101 
19
Subordinated liabilities
102 
20
Share capital
103 
21
Reserves
103 
22
Provisions for liabilities and charges
104 
23
Contingent liabilities and commitments
105 
24
Fair values of financial assets and liabilities
108 
25
Related party transactions
114 
26
Restatement of prior period information
116 
27
Future accounting developments
125 
28
Condensed consolidating financial information
126 
 
 
 
Page 76 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC

 
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED HALF-YEAR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT

       
Half-year 
to 30 June 
2013 
 
Half-year 
to 30 June 
20121
 
Half-year 
to 31 Dec 
20121
   
Note 
 
£ million
 
£ million 
 
£ million 
                 
Interest and similar income
     
10,751 
 
12,734 
 
10,814 
Interest and similar expense
     
(7,481)
 
(8,470)
 
(7,360)
Net interest income
     
3,270 
 
4,264 
 
3,454 
Fee and commission income
     
2,194 
 
2,353 
 
2,297 
Fee and commission expense
     
(730)
 
(751)
 
(693)
Net fee and commission income
     
1,464 
 
1,602 
 
1,604 
Net trading income
     
11,015 
 
4,546 
 
10,459 
Insurance premium income
     
3,851 
 
4,183 
 
4,101 
Other operating income
     
2,472 
 
1,661 
 
3,039 
Other income
 
 
18,802 
 
11,992 
 
19,203 
Total income
     
22,072 
 
16,256 
 
22,657 
Insurance claims
     
(11,687)
 
(7,288)
 
(11,108)
Total income, net of insurance claims
     
10,385 
 
8,968 
 
11,549 
Regulatory provisions
     
(575)
 
(1,075)
 
(3,100)
Other operating expenses
     
(5,993)
 
(5,621)
 
(6,178)
Total operating expenses
 
 
(6,568)
 
(6,696)
 
(9,278)
Trading surplus
     
3,817 
 
2,272 
 
2,271 
Impairment
 
 
(1,683)
 
(2,728)
 
(2,421)
Profit (loss) before tax
     
2,134 
 
(456)
 
(150)
Taxation
 
 
(556)
 
(206)
 
(575)
Profit (loss) for the period
     
1,578 
 
(662)
 
(725)
                 
Profit attributable to non-controlling interests
     
18 
 
35 
 
49 
Profit (loss) attributable to equity shareholders
     
1,560 
 
(697)
 
(774)
Profit (loss) for the period
     
1,578 
 
(662)
 
(725)
                 
Basic earnings (loss) per share
 
 
2.2p 
 
(1.0)p 
 
(1.1)p 
Diluted earnings (loss) per share
 
 
2.2p 
 
(1.0)p 
 
(1.1)p 

1
Restated – see notes 1 and 26.


 
Page 77 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC
 
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED HALF-YEAR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (continued)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

   
Half-year 
to 30 June 
2013 
 
Half-year 
to 30 June 
20121
 
Half-year 
to 31 Dec 
20121
   
£ million 
 
£ million 
 
£ million 
             
Profit (loss) for the period
 
1,578 
 
(662)
 
(725)
Other comprehensive income
           
Items that will not subsequently be reclassified to profit or loss:
           
Post-retirement defined benefit scheme remeasurements (note 18):
           
Remeasurements before taxation
 
981 
 
398 
 
(2,534)
Taxation
 
(226)
 
(96)
 
587 
   
755 
 
302
 
(1,947)
Items that may subsequently be reclassified to profit or loss:
           
Movements in revaluation reserve in respect of available-for-sale financial assets:
           
Adjustment on transfers from held-to-maturity portfolio
 
– 
 
– 
 
1,168 
Change in fair value
 
(584)
 
738 
 
162 
Income statement transfers in respect of disposals
 
(711)
 
(792)
 
(2,755)
Income statement transfers in respect of impairment
 
 
28 
 
14 
Other income statement transfers
 
– 
 
– 
 
169 
Taxation
 
335 
 
42 
 
297 
   
(958)
 
16 
 
(945)
Movements in cash flow hedging reserve:
           
Effective portion of changes in fair value
 
120 
 
128 
 
(12)
Net income statement transfers
 
(417)
 
238 
 
(330)
Taxation
 
71 
 
(83)
 
84 
   
(226)
 
283 
 
(258)
Currency translation differences (tax: nil)
 
25 
 
(20)
 
Other comprehensive income for the period, net of tax
 
(404)
 
581 
 
(3,144)
Total comprehensive income for the period
 
1,174 
 
(81)
 
(3,869)
             
Total comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interests
 
18 
 
34 
 
48 
Total comprehensive income attributable to equity shareholders
 
1,156 
 
(115)
 
(3,917)
Total comprehensive income for the period
 
1,174 
 
(81)
 
(3,869)

1
Restated – see notes 1 and 26.


 
Page 78 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED HALF-YEAR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (continued)

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

       
At 
30 June 
2013 
 
At 
31 Dec 
20121
Assets
 
Note 
 
£ million 
 
£ million 
             
Cash and balances at central banks
     
60,555 
 
80,298 
Items in course of collection from banks
     
1,581 
 
1,256 
Trading and other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
 
 
140,658 
 
160,620 
Derivative financial instruments
 
10 
 
43,440 
 
56,557 
Loans and receivables:
           
Loans and advances to banks
     
32,593 
 
32,757 
Loans and advances to customers
 
11 
 
505,784 
 
517,225 
Debt securities
 
14 
 
1,690 
 
5,273 
       
540,067 
 
555,255 
Available-for-sale financial assets
 
15 
 
36,495 
 
31,374 
Investment properties
     
4,638 
 
5,405 
Goodwill
     
2,016 
 
2,016 
Value of in-force business
     
6,129 
 
6,800 
Other intangible assets
     
2,389 
 
2,792 
Tangible fixed assets
     
7,553 
 
7,342 
Current tax recoverable
     
350 
 
354 
Deferred tax assets
     
5,098 
 
4,913 
Retirement benefit assets
 
18 
 
859 
 
741 
Other assets
 
 
24,951 
 
18,498 
Total assets
     
876,779 
 
934,221 

1
Restated – see notes 1 and 26.



 
Page 79 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED HALF-YEAR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (continued)

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET (continued)

       
At 
30 June 
2013 
 
At 
31 Dec 
20121
Equity and liabilities
 
Note 
 
£ million 
 
£ million 
             
Liabilities
           
Deposits from banks
     
14,226 
 
38,405 
Customer deposits
 
16 
 
433,559 
 
426,912 
Items in course of transmission to banks
     
1,300 
 
996 
Trading and other financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
     
40,673 
 
33,392 
Derivative financial instruments
 
10 
 
36,601 
 
48,676 
Notes in circulation
     
1,354 
 
1,198 
Debt securities in issue
 
17 
 
106,347 
 
117,253 
Liabilities arising from insurance contracts and
participating investment contracts
     
84,635 
 
82,953 
Liabilities arising from non-participating investment contracts
     
27,298 
 
54,372 
Unallocated surplus within insurance businesses
     
327 
 
267 
Other liabilities
 
 
48,190 
 
46,793 
Retirement benefit obligations
 
18 
 
780 
 
1,905 
Current tax liabilities
     
146 
 
138 
Deferred tax liabilities
     
316 
 
327 
Other provisions
     
3,105 
 
3,961 
Subordinated liabilities
 
19 
 
34,235 
 
34,092 
Total liabilities
     
833,092 
 
891,640 
             
Equity
           
Share capital
 
20 
 
7,141 
 
7,042 
Share premium account
 
21 
 
17,266 
 
16,872 
Other reserves
 
21 
 
11,743 
 
12,902 
Retained profits
 
21 
 
7,214 
 
5,080 
Shareholders’ equity
     
43,364 
 
41,896 
Non-controlling interests
     
323 
 
685 
Total equity
     
43,687 
 
42,581 
Total equity and liabilities
     
876,779 
 
934,221 

1
Restated – see notes 1 and 26.


 
Page 80 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC
 
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED HALF-YEAR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (continued)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

   
Attributable to equity shareholders
       
 
Share  capital and 
premium 
 
Other 
reserves 
 
Retained 
profits 
 
Total 
Non- 
controlling 
interests 
 
Total
   
£ million 
 
£ million 
 
£ million 
 
£ million 
 
£ million 
 
£ million
                         
Balance at 1 January 2013
                       
As previously reported
 
23,914 
 
12,902 
 
7,183 
 
43,999 
 
685 
 
44,684 
Restatement (see notes 1 and 26)
– 
 
– 
 
(2,103)
 
(2,103)
 
– 
 
(2,103)
Restated
 
23,914 
 
12,902 
 
5,080 
 
41,896 
 
685 
 
42,581 
Comprehensive income
                       
Profit for the period
 
– 
 
– 
 
1,560 
 
1,560 
 
18 
 
1,578 
Other comprehensive income
                       
Post-retirement defined benefit scheme remeasurements,
net of tax
– 
 
– 
 
755 
 
755 
 
– 
 
755 
Movements in revaluation reserve in respect of available-for-sale financial assets, net of tax
– 
 
(958)
 
– 
 
(958)
 
– 
 
(958)
Movements in cash flow hedging reserve, net of tax
 
– 
 
(226)
 
– 
 
(226)
 
– 
 
(226)
Currency translation differences (tax: nil)
 
– 
 
25 
 
– 
 
25 
 
– 
 
25 
Total other comprehensive income
– 
 
(1,159)
 
755 
 
(404)
 
– 
 
(404)
Total comprehensive income
 
– 
 
(1,159)
 
2,315 
 
1,156 
 
18 
 
1,174 
Transactions with owners
                       
Dividends
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
(25)
 
(25)
Issue of ordinary shares
 
493 
 
– 
 
– 
 
493 
 
– 
 
493 
Movement in treasury shares
– 
 
– 
 
(361)
 
(361)
 
– 
 
(361)
Value of employee services:
                     
Share option schemes
– 
 
– 
 
34 
 
34 
 
– 
 
34 
Other employee award schemes
– 
 
– 
 
146 
 
146 
 
– 
 
146 
Change in non-controlling interests
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
(355)
 
(355)
Total transactions with owners
493 
 
– 
 
(181)
 
312 
 
(380)
 
(68)
Balance at 30 June 2013
 
24,407 
 
11,743 
 
7,214 
 
43,364 
 
323 
 
43,687 


 
Page 81 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC
 
 
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED HALF-YEAR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (continued)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY (continued)

   
Attributable to equity shareholders
       
   
Share  capital and 
premium 
 
Other 
reserves 
 
Retained 
profits 
 
Total 
Non- 
controlling 
interests 
 
Total 
   
£ million 
 
£ million 
 
£ million 
 
£ million 
 
£ million 
 
£ million 
                         
Balance at 1 January 2012
                       
As originally reported
 
23,422 
 
13,818 
 
8,680 
 
45,920 
 
674 
 
46,594 
Restatement (see notes 1 and 26)
– 
 
– 
 
(414)
 
(414)
 
– 
 
(414)
Restated
 
23,422 
 
13,818 
 
8,266 
 
45,506 
 
674 
 
46,180 
Comprehensive income
                       
(Loss) profit for the period
 
– 
 
– 
 
(697)
 
(697)
 
35 
 
(662)
Other comprehensive income
                       
Post-retirement defined benefit scheme remeasurements,
net of tax
 
– 
 
– 
 
302 
 
302 
 
– 
 
302 
Movements in revaluation reserve
in respect of available-for-sale financial assets, net of tax
 
– 
 
17 
 
– 
 
17 
 
(1)
 
16 
Movements in cash flow hedging reserve, net of tax
 
– 
 
283 
 
– 
 
283 
 
– 
 
283 
Currency translation differences (tax: nil)
 
– 
 
(20)
 
– 
 
(20)
 
– 
 
(20)
Total other comprehensive income
– 
 
280 
 
302 
 
582 
 
(1)
 
581 
Total comprehensive income
 
– 
 
280 
 
(395)
 
(115)
 
34 
 
(81)
Transactions with owners
                       
Dividends
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
(23)
 
(23)
Issue of ordinary shares
 
492 
 
– 
 
– 
 
492 
 
– 
 
492 
Movement in treasury shares
 
– 
 
– 
 
(273)
 
(273)
 
– 
 
(273)
Value of employee services:
                       
Share option schemes
 
– 
 
– 
 
48 
 
48 
 
– 
 
48 
Other employee award schemes
 
– 
 
– 
 
146 
 
146 
 
– 
 
146 
Change in non-controlling interests
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
 
Total transactions with owners
 
492 
 
– 
 
(79)
 
413 
 
(16)
 
397 
Balance at 30 June 2012
 
23,914 
 
14,098 
 
7,792 
 
45,804 
 
692 
 
46,496 




 
Page 82 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED HALF-YEAR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (continued)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY (continued)

   
Attributable to equity shareholders
       
   
Share  capital and 
premium 
 
Other 
reserves 
 
Retained 
profits 
 
Total 
Non- 
controlling 
interests 
 
Total 
   
£ million 
 
£ million 
 
£ million 
 
£ million 
 
£ million 
 
£ million 
                         
Balance at 1 July 2012
                       
As originally reported
 
23,914 
 
14,098 
 
7,925 
 
45,937 
 
692 
 
46,629 
Restatement (see notes 1 and 26)
– 
 
– 
 
(133)
 
(133)
 
– 
 
(133)
Restated
 
23,914 
 
14,098 
 
7,792 
 
45,804 
 
692 
 
46,496 
Comprehensive income
                       
(Loss) profit for the period
 
– 
 
– 
 
(774)
 
(774)
 
49 
 
(725)
Other comprehensive income
                       
Post-retirement defined benefit scheme remeasurements,
net of tax
 
– 
 
– 
 
(1,947)
 
(1,947)
 
– 
 
(1,947)
Movements in revaluation reserve
in respect of available-for-sale financial assets, net of tax
 
– 
 
(944)
 
– 
 
(944)
 
(1)
 
(945)
Movements in cash flow hedging reserve, net of tax
 
– 
 
(258)
 
– 
 
(258)
 
– 
 
(258)
Currency translation differences (tax: nil)
 
– 
 
 
– 
 
 
– 
 
Total other comprehensive income
– 
 
(1,196)
 
(1,947)
 
(3,143)
 
(1)
 
(3,144)
Total comprehensive income
 
– 
 
(1,196)
 
(2,721)
 
(3,917)
 
48 
 
(3,869)
Transactions with owners
                       
Dividends
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
(33)
 
(33)
Movement in treasury shares
 
– 
 
– 
 
(134)
 
(134)
 
– 
 
(134)
Value of employee services:
                       
Share option schemes
 
– 
 
– 
 
33 
 
33 
 
– 
 
33 
Other employee award schemes
 
– 
 
– 
 
110 
 
110 
 
– 
 
110 
Change in non-controlling interests
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
(22)
 
(22)
Total transactions with owners
 
– 
 
– 
 
 
 
(55)
 
(46)
Balance at 31 December 2012
 
23,914 
 
12,902 
 
5,080 
 
41,896 
 
685 
 
42,581 


 
Page 83 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC
 
 
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED HALF-YEAR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (continued)

CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT

 
 
Half-year 
to 30 June 
2013 
 
Half-year 
to 30 June 
20121
 
Half-year 
to 31 Dec 
20121
   
£ million 
 
£ million 
 
£ million 
             
Profit (loss) before tax
 
2,134 
 
(456)
 
(150)
Adjustments for:
           
Change in operating assets
 
6,234 
 
30,054 
 
17,751 
Change in operating liabilities
 
(19,518)
 
(8,749)
 
(37,404)
Non-cash and other items
 
(6,145)
 
1,668 
 
413 
Tax (paid) received
 
(26)
 
(94)
 
16 
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
 
(17,321)
 
22,423 
 
(19,374)
             
Cash flows from investing activities
           
Purchase of financial assets
 
(25,776)
 
(12,284)
 
(9,766)
Proceeds from sale and maturity of financial assets
 
19,647 
 
14,238 
 
23,426 
Purchase of fixed assets
 
(1,852)
 
(1,416)
 
(1,587)
Proceeds from sale of fixed assets
 
1,444 
 
1,022 
 
1,573 
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired
 
(2)
 
(10)
 
(1)
Disposal of businesses, net of cash disposed
 
(586)
 
 
32 
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
 
(7,125)
 
1,555 
 
13,677 
             
Cash flows from financing activities
           
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests
 
(25)
 
(23)
 
(33)
Interest paid on subordinated liabilities
 
(1,268)
 
(888)
 
(1,689)
Proceeds from issue of subordinated liabilities
 
1,500 
 
– 
 
– 
Proceeds from issue of ordinary shares
 
350 
 
170 
 
– 
Repayment of subordinated liabilities
 
(1,821)
 
(15)
 
(649)
Change in non-controlling interests
 
 
 
16 
Net cash used in financing activities
 
(1,262)
 
(749)
 
(2,355)
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
 
(12)
 
(10)
 
Change in cash and cash equivalents
 
(25,720)
 
23,219 
 
(8,050)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
 
101,058 
 
85,889 
 
109,108 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
 
75,338 
 
109,108 
 
101,058 

1
Restated – see notes 1 and 26.

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash and balances at central banks (excluding mandatory deposits) and amounts due from banks with a maturity of less than three months.
 
 
 
Page 84 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC

 
1.
Accounting policies, presentation and estimates

These condensed consolidated half-year financial statements as at and for the period to 30 June 2013 have been prepared in accordance with the Disclosure Rules and Transparency Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) and with International Accounting Standard 34 (IAS 34), Interim Financial Reporting as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and comprise the results of Lloyds Banking Group plc (the Company) together with its subsidiaries (the Group).  They do not include all of the information required for full annual financial statements and should be read in conjunction with the Group’s consolidated financial statements on Form 20-F as at and for the year ended 31 December 2012 which were prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.  Copies of the 2012 annual report on Form 20-F are available on the Group’s website and are available upon request from Investor Relations, Lloyds Banking Group plc, 25 Gresham Street, London EC2V 7HN.

The British Bankers’ Association’s Code for Financial Reporting Disclosure (the Disclosure Code) sets out disclosure principles together with supporting guidance in respect of the financial statements of UK banks.  The Group has adopted the Disclosure Code and these condensed consolidated half-year financial statements have been prepared in compliance with the Disclosure Code’s principles.  Terminology used in these condensed consolidated half-year financial statements is consistent with that used in the Group’s 2012 annual report and accounts where a glossary of terms can be found.

The directors consider that it is appropriate to continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the condensed consolidated half-year financial statements.  In reaching this assessment, the directors have considered projections for the Group’s capital and funding position and have had regard to the factors set out in Principal risks and uncertainties: Liquidity and funding on page 33.

The accounting policies are consistent with those applied by the Group in its 2012 annual report and accounts except as described below.

On 1 January 2013 the Group adopted the following new accounting standards and amendments to standards:

IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements
IFRS 10 supersedes IAS 27 Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements and SIC-12 Consolidation – Special Purpose Entities and establishes the principles for when the Group controls another entity and is therefore required to consolidate the other entity in the Group’s financial statements.  Under IFRS 10, the Group controls an entity when it is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through the exercise of power.  As a result, the Group consolidates certain entities that were not previously consolidated and no longer consolidates certain entities which were previously consolidated; principally in relation to Open-Ended Investment Companies.

The Group has applied IFRS 10 retrospectively and restated its comparatives in accordance with the transitional provisions included in the standard.  These provisions require the Group to re-assess its control conclusions as at 1 January 2013 and restate its comparative information, applying the revised assessment in 2012 to the extent that the relevant investments were held in that year.  Details of the impact of these restatements are provided in note 26.

IAS 19R: Amendments to IAS 19 Employee Benefits
IAS 19R prescribes the accounting and disclosure by employers for employee benefits.  Actuarial gains and losses (remeasurements) arising from the valuation of defined benefit pension schemes are no longer permitted to be deferred using the corridor approach and must be recognised immediately in other comprehensive income.  In addition, IAS 19R also replaces interest cost and expected return on plan assets with a net interest amount that is calculated by applying the discount rate to the net defined benefit liability (asset).  IAS 19R has been applied retrospectively and comparative figures restated accordingly.  Details of the impact of these restatements are provided in note 26.
 
 
 
Page 85 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC
 
 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC
 
 
1.
Accounting policies, presentation and estimates (continued)

The Group updates the valuations of its post-retirement defined benefit schemes at 31 December each year.  In addition, at each interim reporting date the Group reviews the assumptions used to calculate the net defined benefit obligation and updates its balance sheet carrying value where that value would otherwise differ materially from a valuation based on those revised assumptions.

The impact of the implementation of IAS19R on the Group’s results for the half-year to 30 June 2013 has been to increase other operating expenses by £3 million and reduce profit before tax by the same amount.  The impact on the balance sheet at 30 June 2013 has been to decrease the net retirement benefit asset by £1,753 million, to increase deferred tax assets by £403 million and to reduce shareholders’ equity by £1,350 million.

IFRS 13 Fair value measurement
IFRS 13 has been applied with effect from 1 January 2013.  IFRS 13 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset, or paid to transfer a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date in the principal or, in its absence, the most advantageous market to which the Group has access at that date.  IFRS 13 requires that the fair value of a non-financial asset is determined based on the highest and best use of the asset, and that the fair value of a liability reflects its non-performance risk.  These changes had no significant impact on the measurement of the Group’s assets and liabilities.  The IFRS 13 disclosures required by IAS 34 are given in note 24.

Amendments to IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements – ‘Presentation of Items of Other Comprehensive Income’
The amendments to IAS 1 require entities to group items presented in other comprehensive income on the basis of whether they may potentially be reclassified to profit or loss subsequently.  The statement of other comprehensive income in these condensed consolidated half-year financial statements has been revised to reflect the new requirements.

Amendments to IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures – ‘Disclosures - Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities’
The amendments to IFRS 7 require entities to disclose information to enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the effect or potential effect of netting arrangements on the balance sheet.  These disclosures will be made in the Group’s financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2013.

IFRS 12 Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities
IFRS 12 requires an entity to disclose information that enables users of financial statements to evaluate the nature of, and risks associated with, its interests in other entities and the effects of those interests on its financial position, financial performance and cash flows.  These disclosures will be made in the Group’s financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2013.

Future accounting developments
Details of those IFRS pronouncements which will be relevant to the Group but which will not be effective at 31 December 2013 and which have not been applied in preparing these condensed consolidated half-year financial statements are set out in note 27.

Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The preparation of the Group’s financial statements requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that impact the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses.  Due to the inherent uncertainty in making estimates, actual results reported in future periods may include amounts which differ from those estimates.  Estimates, judgements and assumptions are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.  There have been no significant changes in the basis upon which estimates have been determined, compared to that applied at 31 December 2012.


 
Page 86 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


2.
Segmental analysis

Lloyds Banking Group provides a wide range of banking and financial services in the UK and in certain locations overseas.

The Group Executive Committee (GEC) has been determined to be the chief operating decision maker for the Group.  The Group’s operating segments reflect its organisational and management structures.  GEC reviews the Group’s internal reporting based around these segments in order to assess performance and allocate resources.  This assessment includes a consideration of each segment’s net interest revenue and consequently the total interest income and expense for all reportable segments is presented on a net basis.  The segments are differentiated by the type of products provided, by whether the customers are individuals or corporate entities and by the geographical location of the customer.

The segmental results and comparatives are presented on an underlying basis, the basis reviewed by the chief operating decision maker.  Previously the results of the Group’s segments had been reviewed on a management basis and the Group’s segmental analysis was presented accordingly.  The effects of asset sales, volatile items and liability management as well as the fair value unwind line are excluded in arriving at underlying profit.

Following a reorganisation during the second half of 2012, the Group’s activities are now organised into four financial reporting segments: Retail; Commercial Banking; Wealth, Asset Finance and International; and Insurance.  The impact of this reorganisation was as follows:

·
The Group’s Wholesale and Commercial divisions have been combined to form Commercial Banking.
 
·
The Group’s Continental European wholesale business and the wholesale Australian business have been transferred from Wealth, Asset Finance and International to Commercial Banking.

Comparative figures have been restated accordingly for all of the above changes, as well as for the accounting policy changes explained in note 1.

Retail offers a broad range of retail financial service products in the UK, including current accounts, savings, personal loans, credit cards and mortgages.  It is also a major general insurance and bancassurance distributor, selling a wide range of long-term savings, investment and general insurance products.

Commercial Banking provides banking and related services for all UK and multinational business clients, from small and medium-sized enterprises to major corporate and financial institutions.

Wealth, Asset Finance and International gives increased focus and momentum to the Group's private banking and asset management activities, closely co-ordinates the management of its international businesses and also encompasses the Asset Finance business in the UK and Australia.  Wealth comprises the Group's private banking, wealth and asset management businesses in the UK and overseas.  International comprises retail businesses, principally in Continental Europe.

Insurance provides long-term savings, protection and investment products distributed through bancassurance, intermediary and direct channels in the UK.  It is also a distributor of home insurance in the UK with products sold through the retail branch network, direct channels and strategic corporate partners.  The business consists of Life, Pensions and Investments UK; Life, Pensions and Investments Europe; and General Insurance.

Other includes the costs of managing the Group’s technology platforms, branch and head office property estate, operations (including payments, banking operations and collections) and sourcing, the costs of which are predominantly recharged to the other divisions.  It also reflects other items not recharged to the divisions, including hedge ineffectiveness, UK bank levy, Financial Services Compensation Scheme costs, gains on liability management, volatile items such as hedge accounting volatility managed centrally, and other gains from the structural hedging of interest rate risk.


 
Page 87 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC

 
2.
Segmental analysis (continued)

Inter-segment services are generally recharged at cost, with the exception of the internal commission arrangements between the UK branch and other distribution networks and the insurance product manufacturing businesses within the Group, where a profit margin is also charged.  Inter-segment lending and deposits are generally entered into at market rates, except that non-interest bearing balances are priced at a rate that reflects the external yield that could be earned on such funds.

For the majority of those derivative contracts entered into by business units for risk management purposes, the business unit recognises the net interest income or expense on an accrual accounting basis and transfers the remainder of the movement in the fair value of the derivative to the central group segment where the resulting accounting volatility is managed where possible through the establishment of hedge accounting relationships.  Any change in fair value of the hedged instrument attributable to the hedged risk is also recorded within the central group segment.  This allocation of the fair value of the derivative and change in fair value of the hedged instrument attributable to the hedged risk avoids accounting asymmetry in segmental results and leads to accounting volatility in the central group segment where it is managed.

Half-year to 30 June 2013
 
Net 
interest 
income 
 
Other 
income 
Insurance 
claims 
Total 
income, 
net of 
insurance 
claims 
Profit 
(loss) 
before tax 
 
External 
revenue 
 
Inter- 
segment 
revenue 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
                             
Underlying basis
                           
Retail
 
3,590 
 
728 
 
– 
 
4,318 
 
1,636 
 
5,920 
 
(1,602)
Commercial Banking
 
1,196 
 
1,426 
 
– 
 
2,622 
 
634 
 
2,193 
 
429 
Wealth, Asset Finance and International
 
431 
 
951 
 
– 
 
1,382 
 
(101)
 
1,062 
 
320 
Insurance
 
(45)
 
1,111 
 
(148)
 
918 
 
564 
 
1,361 
 
(443)
Other
 
34 
 
190 
 
– 
 
224 
 
169 
 
(1,072)
 
1,296 
Group
 
5,206 
 
4,406 
 
(148)
 
9,464 
 
2,902 
 
9,464 
 
– 
Reconciling items:
                           
Insurance grossing adjustment
 
(1,700)
 
13,360 
 
(11,539)
 
121 
 
– 
       
Asset sales, volatile items and liability management1
 
12 
 
558 
 
– 
 
570 
 
376 
       
Volatility arising in insurance businesses
 
 
478 
 
– 
 
485 
 
485 
       
Simplification costs
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
(409)
       
EC mandated retail business disposal costs
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
(377)
       
Payment protection insurance provision
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
(500)
       
Other regulatory provisions
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
(75)
       
Past service cost
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
(104)
       
Amortisation of purchased intangibles
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
(200)
       
Fair value unwind
 
(255)
 
– 
 
– 
 
(255)
 
36 
       
Group – statutory
 
3,270 
 
18,802 
 
(11,687)
 
10,385 
 
2,134 
       

1
Includes (i) gains or losses on disposals of assets, including centrally held government bonds, which are not part of normal business operations; (ii) the net effect of banking volatility, changes in the fair value of the equity conversion feature of the Group’s Enhanced Capital Notes and net derivative valuation adjustments; and (iii) the results of liability management exercises.


 
Page 88 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC
 
 
2.
Segmental analysis (continued)

Half-year to 30 June 20121
 
Net 
interest 
income 
 
Other 
income 
 
Insurance 
claims 
 
Total 
income, 
net of 
insurance 
claims 
Profit (loss) 
before tax 
 
External 
revenue 
 
Inter- 
segment 
revenue 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
                             
Underlying basis
                           
Retail
 
3,553 
 
766 
 
– 
 
4,319 
 
1,472 
 
5,392 
 
(1,073)
Commercial Banking
 
1,111 
 
1,496 
 
– 
 
2,607 
 
(83)
 
2,066 
 
541 
Wealth, Asset Finance and International
 
415 
 
1,006 
 
– 
 
1,421 
 
(706)
 
1,813 
 
(392)
Insurance
 
(37)
 
1,156 
 
(233)
 
886 
 
502 
 
1,086 
 
(200)
Other
 
173 
 
(160)
 
– 
 
13 
 
(141)
 
(1,111)
 
1,124 
Group
 
5,215 
 
4,264 
 
(233)
 
9,246 
 
1,044 
 
9,246 
 
– 
Reconciling items:
                           
Insurance grossing adjustment
 
(721)
 
7,862 
 
(7,055)
 
86 
 
– 
       
Asset sales, volatile items and liability management2
 
80 
 
(136)
 
– 
 
(56)
 
(56)
       
Volatility arising in insurance businesses
 
 
(23)
 
– 
 
(21)
 
(21)
       
Simplification costs
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
(274)
       
EC mandated retail business disposal costs
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
(239)
       
Past service pensions credit
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
250 
       
Payment protection insurance provision
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
(1,075)
       
Amortisation of purchased intangibles
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
(242)
       
Fair value unwind
 
(312)
 
25 
 
– 
 
(287)
 
157 
       
Group – statutory
 
4,264 
 
11,992 
 
(7,288)
 
8,968 
 
(456)
       

1
Restated – as explained on page 87.
2
Includes (i) gains or losses on disposals of assets, including centrally held government bonds, which are not part of normal business operations; (ii) the net effect of banking volatility, changes in the fair value of the equity conversion feature of the Group’s Enhanced Capital Notes and net derivative valuation adjustments; and (iii) the results of liability management exercises.


 
Page 89 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC

 
2.
Segmental analysis (continued)

Half-year to 31 December 20121
Net 
interest 
income 
 
Other 
income 
 
Insurance 
claims 
 
Total 
income, 
net of 
insurance 
claims 
Profit (loss) 
before tax 
 
External 
revenue 
 
Inter- 
segment 
revenue 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
                             
Underlying basis
                           
Retail
 
3,642 
 
696 
 
– 
 
4,338 
 
1,716 
 
5,559 
 
(1,221)
Commercial Banking
 
1,095 
 
1,436 
 
– 
 
2,531 
 
(241)
 
2,004 
 
527 
Wealth, Asset Finance and International
 
384 
 
1,037 
 
– 
 
1,421 
 
(223)
 
1,022 
 
399 
Insurance
 
(41)
 
1,138 
 
(132)
 
965 
 
605 
 
1,411 
 
(446)
Other
 
40 
 
(155)
 
– 
 
(115)
 
(336)
 
(856)
 
741 
Group
 
5,120 
 
4,152 
 
(132)
 
9,140 
 
1,521 
 
9,140 
 
– 
Reconciling items:
                           
Insurance grossing adjustment
 
(1,866)
 
12,929 
 
(10,976)
 
87 
 
– 
       
Asset sales, volatile items and liability management2
 
119 
 
1,827 
 
– 
 
1,946 
 
1,626 
       
Volatility arising in insurance businesses
 
 
327 
 
– 
 
333 
 
333 
       
Simplification costs
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
(402)
       
EC mandated retail business disposal costs
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
(331)
       
Payment protection insurance provision
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
(2,500)
       
Amortisation of purchased intangibles
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
(240)
       
Fair value unwind
 
75 
 
18 
 
– 
 
93 
 
493 
       
Other regulatory provisions
– 
 
(50)
 
– 
 
(50)
 
(650)
       
Group – statutory
 
3,454 
 
19,203 
 
(11,108)
 
11,549 
 
(150)
       

1
Restated – as explained on page 87.
2
Includes (i) gains or losses on disposals of assets, including centrally held government bonds, which are not part of normal business operations; (ii) the net effect of banking volatility, changes in the fair value of the equity conversion feature of the Group’s Enhanced Capital Notes and net derivative valuation adjustments; and (iii) the results of liability management exercises.


 
Page 90 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


2.
Segmental analysis (continued)

Segment external assets
 
At 
30 June 
2013 
 
At 
31 Dec 
20121
   
£m 
 
£m 
         
Retail
 
343,400 
 
346,030 
Commercial Banking
 
278,920 
 
314,090 
Wealth, Asset Finance and International
 
45,240 
 
77,884 
Insurance
 
157,410 
 
152,583 
Other
 
51,809 
 
43,634 
Total Group
 
876,779 
 
934,221 
         
Segment customer deposits
       
Retail
 
263,220 
 
260,838 
Commercial Banking
 
121,409 
 
114,115 
Wealth, Asset Finance and International
 
48,914 
 
51,885 
Other
 
16 
 
74 
Total Group
 
433,559 
 
426,912 
         
Segment external liabilities
       
Retail
 
286,137 
 
287,631 
Commercial Banking
 
234,325 
 
249,097 
Wealth, Asset Finance and International
 
53,428 
 
92,686 
Insurance
 
151,114 
 
143,695 
Other
 
108,088 
 
118,531 
Total Group
 
833,092 
 
891,640 

1
Restated – as explained on page 87.


 
Page 91 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


3.
Other income

   
Half-year 
to 30 June 
2013 
 
Half-year 
to 30 June 
20121
 
Half-year 
to 31 Dec 
20121
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
             
Fee and commission income:
           
Current account fees
 
485 
 
512 
 
496 
Credit and debit card fees
 
475 
 
463 
 
478 
Other fees and commissions
 
1,234 
 
1,378 
 
1,323 
   
2,194 
 
2,353 
 
2,297 
Fee and commission expense
 
(730)
 
(751)
 
(693)
Net fee and commission income
 
1,464 
 
1,602 
 
1,604 
Net trading income
 
11,015 
 
4,546 
 
10,459 
Insurance premium income
 
3,851 
 
4,183 
 
4,101 
Gains on sale of available-for-sale financial assets
 
711 
 
792 
 
2,755 
Liability management2
 
(97)
 
59 
 
(397)
Other3, 4, 5
 
1,858 
 
810 
 
681 
Other operating income
 
2,472 
 
1,661 
 
3,039 
Total other income
 
18,802 
 
11,992 
 
19,203 

1
Restated – see notes 1 and 26.
2
Losses of £97 million arose in the half-year to 30 June 2013 on transactions undertaken as part of the Group’s management of wholesale funding and capital; this compares to a gain of £59 million relating to the exchange of certain capital securities for other subordinated debt instruments in the half-year to 30 June 2012 (when a related gain of £109 million was also recognised in net interest income) and losses of £397 million on the buy-back of other debt securities in the half-year to 31 December 2012.
3
On 15 March 2013 the Group completed the sale of 102 million shares in St James’s Place plc, reducing the Group’s holding in that company to approximately 37 per cent. As a result of that reduction in holding the Group no longer consolidates St James’s Place plc in its accounts, instead accounting for the residual investment as an associate. The Group realised a gain of £394 million on the sale of those shares and the fair valuation of the Group’s residual stake.  Subsequently, on 29 May 2013 the Group completed the sale of a further 77 million shares, generating a profit of £39 million and further reducing the Group’s holding to approximately 21 per cent.
4
In the first half of 2013 the Group disposed of its Spanish retail banking operations, including Lloyds Bank International S.A.U and Lloyds Investment España SGIIC S.A.U, to Banco Sabadell, S.A. realising a loss of £256 million.  The Group has also recognised a loss of £10 million relating to the sale of its International Private Banking operations which is expected to complete by early in 2014.
5
During the first half of 2013, the Group completed the sale of a portfolio of US RMBS (residential mortgage backed securities) for a cash consideration of £3.3 billion, realising a profit of £538 million.

 
Page 92 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC

4.
Operating expenses

   
Half-year  
to 30 June  
2013  
 
Half-year  
to 30 June  
20121
 
Half-year  
to 31 Dec  
20121
   
£m  
 
£m  
 
£m  
             
Administrative expenses
           
Staff costs:
           
Salaries
 
1,927  
 
1,975  
 
1,831  
Social security costs
 
202  
 
211  
 
172  
Pensions and other post-retirement benefit schemes:
           
Past service costs (credits)2
   
104 
     
(250)
     
– 
 
Other
   
329 
     
293 
     
296 
 
   
433  
 
43  
 
296  
Restructuring costs
 
82  
 
164  
 
53  
Other staff costs
 
364  
 
356  
 
390  
   
3,008  
 
2,749  
 
2,742  
Premises and equipment:
           
Rent and rates
 
229  
 
248  
 
240  
Hire of equipment
 
7  
 
10  
 
7  
Repairs and maintenance
 
92  
 
80  
 
94  
Other
 
162  
 
140  
 
130  
   
490  
 
478  
 
471  
Other expenses:
           
Communications and data processing
 
581  
 
505  
 
577  
Advertising and promotion
 
140  
 
156  
 
158  
Professional fees
 
215  
 
217  
 
333  
UK bank levy
 
–  
 
–  
 
179  
Other
 
590  
 
464  
 
644  
   
1,526  
 
1,342  
 
1,891  
   
5,024  
 
4,569  
 
5,104  
Depreciation and amortisation
 
969  
 
1,052  
 
1,074  
Total operating expenses, excluding regulatory provisions
 
5,993  
 
5,621  
 
6,178  
Regulatory provisions:
           
Payment protection insurance provision (note 22)
 
500  
 
1,075  
 
2,500  
Other regulatory provisions (note 22)
 
75  
 
–  
 
600  
   
575  
 
1,075  
 
3,100  
Total operating expenses
 
6,568  
 
6,696  
 
9,278  

1
Restated – see notes 1 and 26.
2
The Group has agreed certain changes to early retirement and commutation factors in two of its principal defined benefit pension schemes, resulting in a cost of £104 million recognised in the Group’s income statement in the half-year to 30 June 2013.
 
During 2012, following a review of policy in respect of discretionary pension increases in relation to the Group’s defined benefit pension schemes, increases in certain schemes are now linked to the Consumer Price Index rather than the Retail Price Index.  The impact of this change was a reduction in the Group’s defined benefit obligation of £258 million, recognised in the Group’s income statement in the half-year to 30 June 2012, net of a charge of £8 million in respect of one of the Group’s smaller schemes.


 
Page 93 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


5.
Impairment

   
Half-year 
to 30 June 
2013 
 
Half-year 
to 30 June 
2012 
 
Half-year 
to 31 Dec
2012 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
             
Impairment losses on loans and receivables:
           
Loans and advances to customers
 
1,680 
 
2,672 
 
2,453 
Debt securities classified as loans and receivables
 
 
 
(13)
Impairment losses on loans and receivables (note 12)
 
1,681 
 
2,681 
 
2,440 
Impairment of available-for-sale financial assets
 
 
28 
 
Other credit risk provisions
 
– 
 
19 
 
(28)
Total impairment charged to the income statement
 
1,683 
 
2,728 
 
2,421 


6.
Taxation

A reconciliation of the tax (charge) credit that would result from applying the standard UK corporation tax rate to the profit (loss) before tax, to the actual tax charge, is given below:

   
Half-year 
to 30 June 
2013 
 
Half-year 
to 30 June 
20121
 
Half-year 
to 31 Dec 
20121
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
             
Profit (loss) before tax
 
2,134 
 
(456)
 
(150)
             
Tax (charge) credit thereon at UK corporation tax rate of 23.25 per cent (2012: 24.5 per cent)
 
(496)
 
112 
 
37 
Factors affecting tax (charge) credit:
           
UK corporation tax rate change
 
– 
 
(126)
 
(194)
Disallowed and non-taxable items
 
(9)
 
(20)
 
74 
Overseas tax rate differences
 
19 
 
13 
 
62 
Gains exempted or covered by capital losses
 
82 
 
32 
 
Policyholder tax
 
(216)
 
(8)
 
(136)
Further factors affecting the life business:2
           
Derecognition of deferred tax on policyholder tax credit
 
– 
 
(252) 
 
(331)
Taxation of certain insurance assets arising on transition to new tax regime
 
– 
 
– 
 
(221)
Changes to the taxation of pension business:
           
Policyholder tax cost
 
– 
 
– 
 
(182)
Shareholder tax benefit
 
– 
 
– 
 
206 
Tax losses where no deferred tax recognised
 
– 
 
(25)
 
– 
Deferred tax on losses not previously recognised
 
43 
 
– 
 
12 
Adjustments in respect of previous years
 
20 
 
53 
 
82 
Effect of results of joint ventures and associates
 
 
 
14 
Other items
 
(1)
 
 
(2)
Tax charge
 
(556)
 
(206)
 
(575)

1
Restated – see notes 1 and 26.
2
The Finance Act 2012 introduced a new UK tax regime for the taxation of life insurance companies which took effect from 1 January 2013.  The new regime, combined with current economic forecasts, has had a number of impacts on the tax charge.  The impacts are analysed above.


 
Page 94 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


6.
Taxation (continued)

In accordance with IAS 34, the Group’s income tax expense for the half-year to 30 June 2013 is based on the best estimate of the weighted-average annual income tax rate expected for the full financial year.  The tax effects of one-off items are not included in the weighted-average annual income tax rate, but are recognised in the relevant period.

The Finance Act 2013 (the “Act”) was substantively enacted on 2 July 2013.  The Act further reduces the rate of corporation tax to 21 per cent with effect from 1 April 2014 and 20 per cent with effect from 1 April 2015.  The impact of the corporation tax reductions to 21 and 20 per cent will be accounted for in the second half of 2013. The effect of these rate reductions on the Group’s deferred tax balance is estimated to be a reduction in the net deferred tax asset of approximately £0.5 billion.


7.
Earnings (loss) per share

   
Half-year 
to 30 June 
2013 
 
Half-year 
to 30 June 
20121
 
Half-year 
to 31 Dec 
20121
             
Basic
           
Profit (loss) attributable to equity shareholders
 
£1,560m
 
£(697)m 
 
£(774)m 
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue
 
70,672m 
 
69,348m 
 
70,329m 
Earnings (loss) per share
 
2.2p 
 
(1.0)p 
 
(1.1)p 
             
Fully diluted
           
Profit (loss) attributable to equity shareholders
 
£1,560m 
 
£(697)m 
 
£(774)m 
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue
 
71,460m 
 
69,348m 
 
70,329m 
Earnings (loss) per share
 
2.2p 
 
(1.0)p 
 
(1.1)p 

1
Restated – see notes 1 and 26.


8.         Disposal groups

Disposal groups are classified as held for sale if the Group will recover the carrying amount principally through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use and a sale is considered highly probable. The Group expects to complete the sales of its branch business in Uruguay, its international private banking operations and its joint venture interest in Sainsbury’s Bank in the next 12 months.  The assets and liabilities associated with these operations are therefore classified as held-for-sale disposal groups at 30 June 2013 and included within other assets and other liabilities respectively.

   
At 
30 June 
2013 
 
At 
31 Dec 
2012 
   
£m 
 
£m 
Other assets
       
Assets of disposal groups classified as held for sale
 
1,110 
 
194 
         
Other liabilities
       
Liabilities of disposal groups classified as held for sale
 
2,051 
 
214 

Disposal groups classified as held for sale are measured at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell.  The Group has recognised a loss of £10 million within other income relating to disposal groups classified as held for sale during the half-year to 30 June 2013.

At 31 December 2012, the Group’s Uruguayan branch business, its branch remittance business in Japan and its portfolio management business in Luxembourg were classified as held-for-sale.  The sales of the Japan branch remittance business and the Luxembourg portfolio management business completed in the first half of 2013.

 
Page 95 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


8.         Disposal groups (continued)

The major classes of assets and liabilities of the disposal groups are as follows:
   
At 
30 June 
2013 
 
At 
31 Dec 
2012
   
£m 
 
£m 
         
Assets
       
Cash and balances at central banks
 
97 
 
82 
Loans and advances to banks
 
14 
 
Loans and advances to customers
 
772 
 
84 
Available-for-sale financial assets
 
72 
 
27 
Other
 
186 
 
20 
Provision for impairment of the disposal groups
 
(31) 
 
(26)
   
1,110 
 
194 
         
Liabilities
       
Customer deposits
 
2,026 
 
185 
Other
 
25 
 
29 
   
2,051 
 
214 


9.         Trading and other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

   
At 
30 June 
2013 
 
At 
31 Dec 
20121
   
£m 
 
£m 
         
Trading assets
 
31,349 
 
23,345 
         
Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss:
       
Treasury and other bills
 
59 
 
56 
Loans and advances to customers
 
29 
 
34 
Debt securities
 
40,496 
 
47,738 
Equity shares
 
68,725 
 
89,447 
   
109,309 
 
137,275 
Total trading and other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
 
140,658 
 
160,620 

1
Restated – see notes 1 and 26.

Included in the above is £104,867 million (31 December 2012: £134,537 million) of assets relating to the insurance businesses.



 
Page 96 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


10.
Derivative financial instruments

   
30 June 2013
 
31 December 20121
   
Fair value 
of assets 
Fair value 
of liabilities 
 
Fair value 
of assets 
 
Fair value 
of liabilities 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
                 
Hedging
               
Derivatives designated as fair value hedges
 
5,175 
 
1,467 
 
6,903 
 
2,128 
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges
 
2,144 
 
2,551 
 
4,668 
 
4,470 
   
7,319 
 
4,018 
 
11,571 
 
6,598 
Trading and other
               
Exchange rate contracts
 
5,252 
 
5,036 
 
3,712 
 
3,887 
Interest rate contracts
 
27,607 
 
26,472 
 
37,785 
 
36,537 
Credit derivatives
 
167 
 
137 
 
94 
 
343 
Embedded equity conversion feature
 
1,279 
 
– 
 
1,421 
 
– 
Equity and other contracts
 
1,816 
 
938 
 
1,974 
 
1,311 
   
36,121 
 
32,583 
 
44,986 
 
42,078 
Total recognised derivative assets/liabilities
 
43,440 
 
36,601 
 
56,557 
 
48,676 

1
Restated – see notes 1 and 26.

The Group reduces exposure to credit risk by using master netting agreements and by obtaining cash collateral.  Of the derivative assets of £43,440 million at 30 June 2013 (31 December 2012: £56,557 million), £28,934 million (31 December 2012: £38,158 million) are available for offset under master netting arrangements.  These do not meet the criteria under IAS 32 to enable derivative assets to be presented net of these balances.  Of the remaining derivative assets of £14,506 million (31 December 2012: £18,399 million), cash collateral of £2,206 million (31 December 2012: £5,429 million) was held and a further £2,158 million (31 December 2012: £1,387 million) was due from Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) banks.

The embedded equity conversion feature of £1,279 million (31 December 2012: £1,421 million) reflects the value of the equity conversion feature contained in the Enhanced Capital Notes issued by the Group in 2009; the loss of £142 million arising from the change in fair value in the half-year to 30 June 2013 (half-year to 30 June 2012: loss of £152 million; half-year to 31 December 2012: gain of £401 million) is included within net trading income.



 
Page 97 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


 
11.
Loans and advances to customers

   
At 
30 June 
2013 
 
At 
31 Dec 
2012 
   
£m 
 
£m 
         
Agriculture, forestry and fishing
 
5,852 
 
5,531 
Energy and water supply
 
3,006 
 
3,321 
Manufacturing
 
8,520 
 
8,530 
Construction
 
7,599 
 
7,526 
Transport, distribution and hotels
 
24,014 
 
26,568 
Postal and communications
 
1,585 
 
1,397 
Property companies
 
50,289 
 
52,388 
Financial, business and other services
 
46,779 
 
49,190 
Personal:
       
Mortgages
 
334,702 
 
337,879 
Other
 
26,736 
 
28,334 
Lease financing
 
5,829 
 
6,477 
Hire purchase
 
5,478 
 
5,334 
   
520,389 
 
532,475 
Allowance for impairment losses on loans and advances (note 12)
 
(14,605)
 
(15,250)
Total loans and advances to customers
 
505,784 
 
517,225 

Loans and advances to customers include advances securitised under the Group's securitisation and covered bond programmes.  Further details are given in note 13.

12.
Allowance for impairment losses on loans and receivables

   
Half-year 
to 30 June 
2013 
 
Half-year 
to 30 June 
2012 
 
Half-year 
to 31 Dec 
2012 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
             
Opening balance
 
15,459 
 
19,022 
 
18,159 
Exchange and other adjustments
 
429 
 
(451)
 
63 
Adjustment on disposal of business
 
(104)
 
– 
 
– 
Advances written off
 
(2,833)
 
(3,202)
 
(5,578)
Recoveries of advances written off in previous years
 
303 
 
310 
 
548 
Unwinding of discount
 
(191)
 
(201)
 
(173)
Charge to the income statement (note 5)
 
1,681 
 
2,681 
 
2,440 
Balance at end of period
 
14,744 
 
18,159 
 
15,459 
             
In respect of:
           
Loans and advances to banks
 
 
 
Loans and advances to customers (note 11)
 
14,605 
 
17,908 
 
15,250 
Debt securities (note 14)
 
136 
 
248 
 
206 
Balance at end of period
 
14,744 
 
18,159 
 
15,459 

 
Page 98 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC

13.
Securitisations and covered bonds

The Group's principal securitisation and covered bond programmes, together with the balances of the loans subject to these arrangements and the carrying value of the notes in issue, are listed in the table below.

 
30 June 2013
 
31 December 2012
 
Loans and 
advances 
securitised 
 
Notes in 
issue 
 
Loans and 
advances 
securitised 
 
Notes in 
issue 
Securitisation programmes1
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
                 
UK residential mortgages
 
60,509 
 
41,671 
 
80,125 
 
57,285 
US residential mortgage-backed securities
 
– 
 
– 
 
185 
 
221 
Commercial loans
 
14,953 
 
13,331 
 
15,024 
 
14,110 
Irish residential mortgages
 
5,372 
 
3,598 
 
5,189 
 
3,509 
Credit card receivables
 
5,998 
 
2,889 
 
6,974 
 
3,794 
Dutch residential mortgages
 
4,630 
 
4,756 
 
4,547 
 
4,682 
Personal loans
 
3,732 
 
750 
 
4,412 
 
2,000 
PPP/PFI and project finance loans
 
641 
 
109 
 
688 
 
104 
Motor vehicle loans
 
715 
 
762 
 
1,039 
 
1,086 
   
96,550 
 
67,866 
 
118,183 
 
86,791 
Less held by the Group
     
(44,524)
     
(58,732)
Total securitisation programmes (note 17)
     
23,342 
     
28,059 
                 
Covered bond programmes
               
Residential mortgage-backed
 
85,170 
 
61,745 
 
91,420 
 
64,593 
Social housing loan-backed
 
2,747 
 
1,800 
 
2,927 
 
2,400 
   
87,917 
 
63,545 
 
94,347 
 
66,993 
Less held by the Group
     
(25,810)
     
(26,320)
Total covered bond programmes (note 17)
     
37,735 
     
40,673 
                 
Total securitisation and covered bond programmes
     
61,077 
     
68,732 

1
Includes securitisations utilising a combination of external funding and credit default swaps.

Securitisation programmes
Loans and advances to customers and debt securities classified as loans and receivables include loans securitised under the Group's securitisation programmes, the majority of which have been sold by subsidiary companies to bankruptcy remote special purpose entities (SPEs).  As the SPEs are funded by the issue of debt on terms whereby the majority of the risks and rewards of the portfolio are retained by the subsidiary, the SPEs are consolidated fully and all of these loans are retained on the Group's balance sheet, with the related notes in issue included within debt securities in issue (note 17).

Covered bond programmes
Certain loans and advances to customers have been assigned to bankruptcy remote limited liability partnerships to provide security to issues of covered bonds by the Group.  The Group retains all of the risks and rewards associated with these loans and the partnerships are consolidated fully with the loans retained on the Group's balance sheet and the related covered bonds in issue included within debt securities in issue (note 17).

Cash deposits of £17,684 million (31 December 2012: £19,691 million) held by the Group are restricted in use to repayment of the debt securities issued by the SPEs, the term advances relating to covered bonds and other legal obligations.

Asset-backed conduits
In addition to the SPEs detailed above, the Group sponsors three asset-backed conduits: Argento, Cancara and Grampian, which invest in debt securities (notes 14 and 15) and client receivables (note 11).

 
Page 99 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC

14.           Debt securities classified as loans and receivables

Debt securities classified as loans and receivables comprise:
   
At 
30 June 
2013 
 
At 
31 Dec 
2012 
   
£m 
 
£m 
         
Asset-backed securities:
       
Mortgage-backed securities
 
381 
 
3,927 
Other asset-backed securities
 
994 
 
1,150 
Corporate and other debt securities
 
451 
 
402 
   
1,826 
 
5,479 
Allowance for impairment losses (note 12)
 
(136)
 
(206)
Total
 
1,690 
 
5,273 


15.
Available-for-sale financial assets

   
At 
30 June 
2013 
 
At 
31 Dec 
2012 
   
£m 
 
£m 
         
Asset-backed securities
 
2,163 
 
2,284 
Other debt securities:
       
Bank and building society certificates of deposit
 
204 
 
188 
Government securities
 
31,077 
 
25,555 
Corporate and other debt securities
 
1,649 
 
1,848 
   
32,930 
 
27,591 
Equity shares
 
517 
 
528 
Treasury and other bills
 
885 
 
971 
Total
 
36,495 
 
31,374 


16.
Customer deposits

   
At 
30 June 
2013 
 
At 
31 Dec 
2012 
   
£m 
 
£m 
         
Sterling:
       
Non-interest bearing current accounts
 
37,976 
 
35,430 
Interest bearing current accounts
 
65,162 
 
58,953 
Savings and investment accounts
 
241,161 
 
239,767 
Other customer deposits
 
46,554 
 
48,893 
Total sterling
 
390,853 
 
383,043 
Currency
 
42,706 
 
43,869 
Total
 
433,559 
 
426,912 

Included above are liabilities of £2,991 million (31 December 2012: £4,433 million) in respect of securities sold under repurchase agreements.

 
Page 100 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


17.
Debt securities in issue

 
30 June 2013
 
31 December 20121
 
At fair value 
through 
profit or 
loss 
At 
amortised 
cost 
 
Total 
At fair value 
through profit or loss 
 
At 
amortised 
cost 
 
Total 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
                         
Medium-term notes issued
 
5,246 
 
24,887 
 
30,133 
 
5,700 
 
29,537 
 
35,237 
Covered bonds (note 13)
 
– 
 
37,735 
 
37,735 
 
– 
 
40,673 
 
40,673 
Certificates of deposit
 
– 
 
12,400 
 
12,400 
 
– 
 
11,087 
 
11,087 
Securitisation notes (note 13)
 
– 
 
23,342 
 
23,342 
 
– 
 
28,059 
 
28,059 
Commercial paper
 
– 
 
7,983 
 
7,983 
 
– 
 
7,897 
 
7,897 
   
5,246 
 
106,347 
 
111,593 
 
5,700 
 
117,253 
 
122,953 

1
Restated – see notes 1 and 26.


18.
Post-retirement defined benefit schemes

 
The Group’s post-retirement defined benefit scheme obligations are comprised as follows:
   
At 
30 June 
2013 
 
At 
31 Dec 
20121
   
£m 
 
£m 
         
Defined benefit pension schemes:
       
 - Fair value of scheme assets
 
32,203 
 
30,367 
 - Present value of funded obligations
 
(31,915)
 
(31,324)
 - Net pension scheme liability
 
288 
 
(957)
Other post-retirement defined benefit schemes
 
(209)
 
(207)
Net retirement benefit asset (liability)
 
79 
 
(1,164)

Recognised on the balance sheet as:
       
Retirement benefit assets
 
859 
 
741 
Retirement benefit obligations
 
(780)
 
(1,905)
Net retirement benefit asset (liability)
 
79 
 
(1,164)

1
Restated – see notes 1 and 26.

The movement in the Group’s net post-retirement defined benefit scheme assets (liabilities) during the period was as follows:
       
£m 
         
At 1 January 2013
       
As previously reported
     
1,567 
Restatement (see notes 1 and 26)
     
(2,731)
Restated
     
(1,164)
Exchange and other adjustments
     
(1)
Income statement charge
     
(322)
Employer contributions
     
585 
Remeasurement
     
981 
At 30 June 2013
     
79 


 
Page 101 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


18.
Post-retirement defined benefit schemes (continued)

The charge to the income statement in respect of pensions and other post-retirement benefit schemes for the half-year to 30 June 2013 is comprised as follows:
       
£m 
         
Past service cost
     
104 
Other
     
218 
Defined benefit pension schemes
     
322 
Defined contribution schemes
     
111 
Total charge to the income statement (note 4)
     
433 

The principal assumptions used in the valuations of the defined benefit pension scheme were as follows:
   
At 
30 June 
2013 
 
At 
31 Dec 
2012 
   
 
         
Discount rate
 
4.90 
 
4.60 
Rate of inflation:
       
Retail Prices Index
 
3.30 
 
2.90 
Consumer Price Index
 
2.30 
 
2.00 
Rate of salary increases
 
2.00 
 
2.00 
Rate of increase for pensions in payment
 
3.10 
 
2.70 

The application of the revised assumptions as at 30 June 2013 to the Group’s principal post-retirement defined benefit schemes has resulted in a remeasurement of £981 million which has been recognised directly in equity, net of deferred tax.


19.
Subordinated liabilities

The Group’s subordinated liabilities are comprised as follows:
   
At 
30 June 
2013 
 
At 
31 Dec 
2012 
   
£m 
 
£m 
         
Preference shares
 
1,406 
 
1,385 
Preferred securities
 
4,545 
 
4,394 
Undated subordinated liabilities
 
1,983 
 
1,927 
Enhanced Capital Notes
 
9,152 
 
8,947 
Dated subordinated liabilities
 
17,149 
 
17,439 
Total subordinated liabilities
 
34,235 
 
34,092 

The movement in subordinated liabilities during the period was as follows:
   
Half-year 
to 30 June 
2013 
 
Half-year 
to 30 June 
2012 
 
Half-year 
to 31 Dec 
2012 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
             
Opening balance
 
34,092 
 
35,089 
 
34,752 
New issues during the period
 
1,500 
 
128 
 
– 
Repurchases and redemptions during the period
 
(1,821)
 
(208)
 
(649)
Foreign exchange and other movements
 
464 
 
(257)
 
(11)
At end of period
 
34,235 
 
34,752 
 
34,092 

 
Page 102 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


20.
Share capital

Movements in share capital during the period were as follows:
   
Number of  shares 
   
   
(million) 
 
£m 
         
Ordinary shares of 10p each
       
At 1 January 2013
 
70,343 
 
7,034 
Issued in the period (see below)
 
988 
 
99 
At 30 June 2013
 
71,331 
 
7,133 
         
Limited voting ordinary shares of 10p each
       
At 1 January and 30 June 2013
 
81 
 
Total share capital
     
7,141 

Of the shares issued in the period, 713 million shares were issued in relation to the payment of coupons on certain hybrid capital securities; the remaining 275 million shares issued were in respect of employee share schemes.


21.
Reserves
       
Other reserves
   
   
Share 
premium 
   
Available- 
for-sale 
 
Cash flow 
hedging 
 
Merger 
and other 
   
Total 
 
Retained 
profits 
   
£m 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
   
£m 
 
£m 
                             
At 1 January 2013
                           
As previously reported
 
16,872 
   
399 
 
350 
 
12,153 
   
12,902 
 
7,183 
Restatement (see notes 1 and 26)
– 
   
– 
 
– 
 
– 
   
– 
 
(2,103)
Restated
 
16,872 
   
399 
 
350 
 
12,153 
   
12,902 
 
5,080 
Issue of ordinary shares
 
394 
   
– 
 
– 
 
– 
   
– 
 
– 
Profit for the period
 
– 
   
– 
 
– 
 
– 
   
– 
 
1,560 
Post-retirement defined benefit scheme remeasurements
(net of tax)
 
– 
   
– 
 
– 
 
– 
   
– 
 
755 
Movement in treasury shares
 
– 
   
– 
 
– 
 
– 
   
– 
 
(361)
Value of employee
services:
                           
Share option schemes
 
– 
   
– 
 
– 
 
– 
   
– 
 
34 
Other employee award schemes
 
– 
   
– 
 
– 
 
– 
   
– 
 
146 
Change in fair value of available-for-sale assets (net of tax)
 
– 
   
(419)
 
– 
 
– 
   
(419)
 
– 
Change in fair value of hedging derivatives
(net of tax)
 
– 
   
– 
 
95 
 
– 
   
95 
 
– 
Transfers to income statement (net of tax)
 
– 
   
(539)
 
(321)
 
– 
   
(860)
 
– 
Exchange and other
 
– 
   
– 
 
– 
 
25 
   
25 
 
– 
At 30 June 2013
 
17,266 
   
(559)
 
124 
 
12,178 
   
11,743 
 
7,214 
                             



 
Page 103 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


 
22.
Provisions for liabilities and charges

Payment protection insurance
Following the unsuccessful legal challenge by the British Bankers’ Association against the FSA and the Financial Ombudsman Service, the Group held discussions with the FSA with a view to seeking clarity around the detailed implementation of the FSA Policy Statement which set out evidential provisions and guidance on the fair assessment of a complaint and the calculation of redress in respect of payment protection insurance (PPI) sales standards.  As a result, the Group concluded that there are certain circumstances where customer redress will be appropriate.  Accordingly the Group made provisions totalling £6,775 million during 2010 and 2012 in respect of the anticipated costs of such redress, including administrative expenses.

The volume of PPI complaints has continued to fall in line with expectations, with monthly complaint volumes in the first half of 2013 on average 40 per cent below the level experienced in the second half of 2012.  However, costs have been higher than expected due to the acceleration of the settlement of cases currently held with the Financial Ombudsman Service, a VAT ruling and higher uphold and settlement rates.  The Group has also increased its estimate of future administration costs.  In view of this, the Group is increasing the provision by £450 million with approximately £250 million relating to redress costs and approximately £200 million to additional administration costs.

In addition the Group has been informed that it has been referred to the Enforcement Team of the Financial Conduct Authority for investigation over the governance of a third party supplier and failings in the PPI complaint handling process.  A provision of £50 million has been made in respect of the likely administration costs of this exercise.

These provisions will bring the total amount provided to £7,275 million (of which £1,510 million relates to administration costs).  In the first half of 2013 total costs incurred were £1,280 million including approximately £380 million of administration costs, leaving approximately £1,650 million of the provision unutilised at 30 June 2013.  This represents the Group’s current best estimate of the likely future costs, but a number of risks and uncertainties remain and it is possible that the eventual outcome may differ materially from the current estimate resulting in a further provision being required.

The provision has been based on a number of subjective assumptions, which are discussed below including the effect on the provision if actual future experience differs from that assumed:

The scope of the proactive mailing exercise covers 2.5 million policies, and approximately half of these have either been mailed or the customer has already contacted the Group.  If the scope of the proactive mailing was 0.1 million higher than that assumed in the provision, the additional provision would be approximately £30 million;
 
The response rate from customers covered by the proactive mailing exercise to date is approximately 27 per cent.  If the future response rate was 1 per cent higher than the 27 per cent assumed in the provision, the additional provision would be approximately £10 million;
 
The number of customer initiated complaints received to date, where a PPI policy existed, is 2.3 million.  If the future level of complaints was 0.1 million higher than that assumed in the provision, the additional provision would be approximately £170 million;
 
The average uphold rate per policy in the last six months, excluding those customers with no PPI policy, is 61 per cent.  If the future uphold rate was 1 per cent higher than the 73 per cent assumed in the provision, the additional provision would be approximately £10 million; and
 
The average redress rate per policy in the last six months was £1,700.  If the future average redress was £100 higher than the £1,440 assumed in the provision, (which is lower than the average over the last six months due to the expected mix of future complaints), the additional provision would be approximately £70 million.

The Group will reassess the continued appropriateness of the assumptions underlying its analysis at each reporting date in light of current experience and other relevant evidence.

 
Page 104 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


22.
Provisions for liabilities and charges (continued)
 
Other regulatory provisions
Litigation in relation to insurance branch business in Germany
Clerical Medical Investment Group Limited (CMIG) has received a number of claims in the German Courts, relating to policies issued by CMIG but sold by independent intermediaries in Germany, principally during the late 1990s and early 2000s. Following decisions in July 2012 from the Federal Court of Justice in Germany the Group recognised a further provision of £150 million in its accounts for the year ended 31 December 21012 bringing the total amount provided to £325 million. During the half-year to 30 June 2013 the Group has charged a further £75 million with respect to this litigation increasing the total provision to £400 million. The total provision remaining as at 30 June 2013 was £320 million.
 
However, there are still a number of uncertainties as to the full impact of the FCJ’s decisions, and the implications with respect to the claims facing CMIG. As a result the ultimate financial effect, which could be significantly different to the provision, will only be known once there is further clarity with respect to a range of legal issues involved in these claims and/or all relevant claims have been resolved.
 
Interest rate hedging products
In June 2012, a number of banks, including the Group, reached agreement with the FSA (now FCA) to carry out a review of sales made since 1 December 2001 of interest rate hedging products (IRHP) to certain small and medium-sized businesses.  The Group agreed that on conclusion of this review it would provide redress to any of these customers where appropriate.

Following the completion of a pilot review of a sample of IRHP sales to small and medium-sized businesses and a supplemental agreement reached with the FSA on 30 January 2013 on the principles to be adopted during the course of the wider review, the Group provided £400 million in its accounts for the year ended 31 December 2012 for the estimated cost of redress and related administration costs.  At 31 December 2012, £20 million of the provision had been utilised; a further £53 million has been utilised in the half-year to 30 June 2013.  A number of uncertainties remain as to the eventual costs given the inherent difficulties in determining the number of customers within the scope of the review and the amount of any redress to be provided to customers.

Other regulatory matters
In the course of its business, the Group is engaged in discussions with the PRA, FCA and other regulators in relation to a range of matters.  In 2012 a provision of £100 million was made in respect of certain UK retail and other matters; this provision has remained unchanged during the first half of the year.  The ultimate impact on the Group of these discussions can only be known at the conclusion of such discussions.

23.
Contingent liabilities and commitments

Interchange fees
On 24 May 2012, the General Court of the European Union (the General Court) upheld the European Commission’s 2007 decision that an infringement of EU competition law had arisen from arrangements whereby MasterCard issuers charged a uniform fallback multilateral interchange fee (MIF) in respect of cross border transactions in relation to the use of a MasterCard or Maestro branded payment card.

MasterCard has appealed the General Court’s judgment to the Court of Justice of the European Union.  MasterCard is supported by several card issuers, including the Group.  Judgment is not expected until late 2013 or later.

In parallel:

the European Commission is also considering further action and has proposed legislation to regulate interchange fees, following its 2012 Green Paper (Towards an integrated European market for cards, internet and mobile payments) consultation;
 
the European Commission has consulted on commitments proposed by VISA to settle an investigation into whether arrangements adopted by VISA for the levying of the MIF in respect of cross-border credit card payment transactions also infringe European Union competition laws.  VISA has proposed inter alia to reduce the level of interchange fees on cross-border credit card transactions to the interim level (30 basis points) also agreed by Mastercard.  VISA has previously reached an agreement (which expires in 2014) with the European Commission to reduce the level of interchange fees for cross-border debit card transactions to the interim levels agreed by MasterCard;
 
the Office of Fair Trading (OFT) has placed on hold its examination of whether the levels of interchange fees paid by retailers in respect of MasterCard and VISA credit cards, debit cards and charge cards in the UK infringe competition law.  The OFT has placed the investigation on hold pending the outcome of the Mastercard appeal to the Court of Justice of the European Union; and
 
the UK Government held a consultation in 2013, Opening Up UK Payments.  The consultation included a proposal to legislate to introduce a new economic regulator with responsibility for payment systems, including three and four party card schemes, and a role in setting or approving interchange fees.

The ultimate impact of the investigations and any regulatory developments on the Group can only be known at the conclusion of these investigations and any relevant appeal proceedings and once regulatory or legislative proposals are more certain.

 
Page 105 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


23.
Contingent liabilities and commitments (continued)

Interbank offered rate setting investigations
A number of government agencies in the UK, US and elsewhere, including the UK Financial Conduct Authority, the US Commodity Futures Trading Commission, the US Securities and Exchange Commission, the US Department of Justice and a number of State Attorneys General, as well as the European Commission, are conducting investigations into submissions made by panel members to the bodies that set various interbank offered rates including the BBA London Interbank Offered Rates (LIBOR) and the European Banking Federation’s Euribor.  Certain Group companies were (at the relevant times) and remain members of various panels whose members make submissions to these bodies including the BBA LIBOR panels.  No Group company is or was a member of the Euribor panel.  Certain Group companies have received subpoenas and requests for information from certain government agencies and the Group is co-operating with their investigations.  In addition certain Group companies, together with other panel banks, have been named as defendants in private lawsuits, including purported class action suits in the US with regard to the setting of LIBOR.  It is currently not possible to predict the scope and ultimate outcome of the various regulatory investigations or private lawsuits, including the timing and scale of the potential impact of any investigations and private lawsuits on the Group.

Financial Services Compensation Scheme
The Financial Services Compensation Scheme (FSCS) is the UK’s independent statutory compensation fund of last resort for customers of authorised financial services firms and pays compensation if a firm is unable or likely to be unable to pay claims against it.  The FSCS is funded by levies on the authorised financial services industry.  The levies raised may comprise a management expenses levy and a compensation costs levy.

Following the default of a number of deposit takers in 2008, the FSCS borrowed funds from HM Treasury to meet the compensation costs for customers of those firms.  The interest rate on the borrowings with HM Treasury, which totalled approximately £17 billion at 31 March 2013, is 12 month LIBOR plus 100 basis points.  Each deposit-taking institution contributes towards the FSCS levies in proportion to their share of total protected deposits on 31 December of the year preceding the scheme year, which runs from 1 April to 31 March.

The substantial majority of the principal balance of the £17 billion loan between the FSCS and HM Treasury will be repaid from funds the FSCS receives from asset sales, surplus cash flow or other recoveries in relation to the assets of the firms that defaulted.  In July 2013, the FSCS confirmed that it expects to raise compensation costs levies of approximately £1.1 billion on all deposit-taking participants over a three year measurement period from 2012 to 2014 to enable it to repay an HM Treasury loan which matures in 2016.  The amount of future compensation costs levies payable by the Group depends on a number of factors including participation in the market at 31 December, the level of protected deposits and the population of deposit-taking participants.

Investigation into Bank of Scotland and report on HBOS
The FSA’s enforcement investigation into Bank of Scotland plc’s Corporate division between 2006 and 2008 concluded with the publication of a Final Notice on 9 March 2012.  No financial penalty was imposed on the Group or Bank of Scotland plc.  On 12 September 2012 the FSA confirmed it was starting work on a public interest report on HBOS.  That report is expected to be published in 2013.

Shareholder complaints
In November 2011 the Group and two former members of the Group’s Board of Directors were named as defendants in a  purported securities class action filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York.  The complaint asserted claims under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 in connection with alleged material omissions from statements made in 2008 in connection with the acquisition of HBOS.  No quantum is specified.  In October 2012 the court dismissed the complaint.  An appeal against this decision has been filed.  The Group continues to consider that the allegations are without merit.


 
Page 106 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


23.
Contingent liabilities and commitments (continued)

Other legal actions and regulatory matters
In addition, during the ordinary course of business the Group is subject to other threatened and actual legal proceedings (which may include class action lawsuits brought on behalf of customers, shareholders or other third parties), and regulatory challenges, investigations and enforcement actions, both in the UK and overseas.  All such material matters are periodically reassessed, with the assistance of external professional advisers where appropriate, to determine the likelihood of the Group incurring a liability.  In those instances where it is concluded that it is more likely than not that a payment will be made, a provision is established to management's best estimate of the amount required to settle the obligation at the relevant balance sheet date.  In some cases it will not be possible to form a view, either because the facts are unclear or because further time is needed properly to assess the merits of the case and no provisions are held against such matters.  However the Group does not currently expect the final outcome of any such case to have a material adverse effect on its financial position, operations or cash flows.

Contingent liabilities and commitments arising from the banking business

   
At 
30 June 
2013 
 
At 
31 Dec 
2012 
   
£m 
 
£m 
         
Contingent liabilities
       
Acceptances and endorsements
 
64 
 
107 
Other:
       
Other items serving as direct credit substitutes
 
691 
 
523 
Performance bonds and other transaction-related contingencies
 
2,114 
 
2,266 
   
2,805 
 
2,789 
Total contingent liabilities
 
2,869 
 
2,896 
         
Commitments
       
Documentary credits and other short-term trade-related transactions
 
80 
 
11 
Forward asset purchases and forward deposits placed
 
368 
 
546 
         
Undrawn formal standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments to lend:
       
Less than 1 year original maturity:
       
Mortgage offers made
 
9,892 
 
7,404 
Other commitments
 
55,832 
 
53,196 
   
65,724 
 
60,600 
1 year or over original maturity
 
41,320 
 
40,794 
Total commitments
 
107,492 
 
101,951 

Of the amounts shown above in respect of undrawn formal standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments to lend, £58,096 million (31 December 2012: £52,733 million) was irrevocable.

 
Page 107 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


24.
Fair values of financial assets and liabilities

The valuations of financial instruments have been classified into three levels according to the quality and reliability of information used to determine the fair values.

Level 1 portfolios
Level 1 fair value measurements are those derived from unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.  Products classified as level 1 predominantly comprise equity shares, treasury bills and other government securities.

Level 2 portfolios
Level 2 valuations are those where quoted market prices are not available, for example where the instrument is traded in a market that is not considered to be active or valuation techniques are used to determine fair value and where these techniques use inputs that are based significantly on observable market data.  Examples of such financial instruments include most over-the-counter derivatives, financial institution issued securities, certificates of deposit and certain asset-backed securities.

Level 3 portfolios
Level 3 portfolios are those where at least one input which could have a significant effect on the instrument’s valuation is not based on observable market data.  Such instruments would include the Group’s venture capital and unlisted equity investments which are valued using various valuation techniques that require significant management judgement in determining appropriate assumptions, including earnings multiples and estimated future cash flows.  Certain of the Group’s asset-backed securities and derivatives, principally where there is no trading activity in such securities, are also classified as level 3.

Valuation control framework
Key elements of the valuation control framework, which covers processes for all levels in the fair value hierarchy including level 3 portfolios, include model validation (incorporating pre-trade and post-trade testing), product implementation review and independent price verification.  Formal committees meet quarterly to discuss and approve valuations in more judgemental areas.

Transfers into and out of level 3 portfolios
Transfers out of level 3 portfolios arise when inputs that could have a significant impact on the instrument’s valuation become market observable; conversely, transfers into the portfolios arise when consistent sources of data cease to be available.

Valuation methodology
Loans and advances and debt securities measured at fair value through profit or loss and classified as level 2 are valued by discounting expected cash flows using an observable credit spread applicable to the particular instrument. The fair value of non-derivative liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss and classified as level 2 is calculated in a similar way.

For other level 2 and level 3 portfolios, there is no significant change to what was disclosed in the Group’s 2012 annual report and accounts in respect of the valuation methodology (techniques and inputs) applied to such portfolios.

 
Page 108 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


 
24.
Fair values of financial assets and liabilities (continued)

The table below summarises the carrying values of financial assets and liabilities presented on the Group’s balance sheet.  The fair values presented in the table are at a specific date and may be significantly different from the amounts which will actually be paid or received on the maturity or settlement date.

   
30 June 2013
 
31 December 20121
   
Carrying 
value 
 
Fair 
value 
 
Carrying 
value 
 
Fair 
value 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
                 
Financial assets
               
Cash and balances at central banks
 
60,555 
 
60,555 
 
80,298 
 
80,298 
Items in the course of collection from banks
 
1,581 
 
1,581 
 
1,256 
 
1,256 
Trading and other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
 
140,658 
 
140,658 
 
160,620 
 
160,620 
Derivative financial instruments
 
43,440 
 
43,440 
 
56,557 
 
56,557 
Loans and receivables:
               
Loans and advances to banks
 
32,593 
 
32,339 
 
32,757 
 
32,746 
Loans and advances to customers
 
505,784 
 
495,786 
 
517,225 
 
506,418 
Debt securities
 
1,690 
 
1,468 
 
5,273 
 
5,402 
Available-for-sale financial instruments
 
36,495 
 
36,495 
 
31,374 
 
31,374 
Financial liabilities
               
Deposits from banks
 
14,226 
 
14,407 
 
38,405 
 
38,738 
Customer deposits
 
433,559 
 
434,856 
 
426,912 
 
428,749 
Items in course of transmission to banks
 
1,300 
 
1,300 
 
996 
 
996 
Trading and other financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
 
40,673 
 
40,673 
 
33,392 
 
33,392 
Derivative financial instruments
 
36,601 
 
36,601 
 
48,676 
 
48,676 
Notes in circulation
 
1,354 
 
1,354 
 
1,198 
 
1,198 
Debt securities in issue
 
106,347 
 
109,978 
 
117,253 
 
122,847 
Liabilities arising from non-participating investment contracts
 
27,298 
 
27,298 
 
54,372 
 
54,372 
Financial guarantees
 
49 
 
49 
 
48 
 
48 
Subordinated liabilities
 
34,235 
 
36,493 
 
34,092 
 
36,382 

1
Restated – see notes 1 and 26.

The Group manages valuation adjustments for its derivative exposures on a net basis; the Group determines their fair values on the basis of their net exposures.  In all other cases, fair values of financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value are determined on the basis of their gross exposures.

The following table provides an analysis of the financial assets and liabilities of the Group that are carried at fair value in the Group’s consolidated balance sheet, grouped into levels 1 to 3 based on the degree to which the fair value is observable.

 
Page 109 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


 
24.
Fair values of financial assets and liabilities (continued)

 
Valuation hierarchy
   
Level 1 
 
Level 2 
 
Level 3 
 
Total 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
                 
At 30 June 2013
               
Trading and other financial assets at fair value
through profit or loss:
               
Loans and advances to customers
 
– 
 
17,562 
 
– 
 
17,562 
Loans and advances to banks
 
– 
 
5,502 
 
– 
 
5,502 
Debt securities:
               
Government securities
 
18,216 
 
– 
 
– 
 
18,216 
Other public sector securities
 
25 
 
2,600 
 
– 
 
2,625 
Bank and building society certificates of deposit
 
41 
 
3,436 
 
– 
 
3,477 
Asset-backed securities:
               
Mortgage-backed securities
 
311 
 
368 
 
– 
 
679 
Other asset-backed securities
 
286 
 
723 
 
– 
 
1,009 
Corporate and other debt securities
 
8,561 
 
12,214 
 
1,917 
 
22,692 
   
27,440 
 
19,341 
 
1,917 
 
48,698 
Equity shares
 
66,740 
 
12 
 
1,973 
 
68,725 
Treasury and other bills
 
112 
 
59 
 
– 
 
171 
Total trading and other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
 
94,292 
 
42,476 
 
3,890 
 
140,658 
Available-for-sale financial assets:
               
Debt securities:
               
Government securities
 
31,077 
 
– 
 
– 
 
31,077 
Bank and building society certificates of deposit
 
– 
 
204 
 
– 
 
204 
Asset-backed securities:
               
Mortgage-backed securities
 
– 
 
1,323 
 
– 
 
1,323 
Other asset-backed securities
 
– 
 
765 
 
75 
 
840 
Corporate and other debt securities
 
65 
 
1,584 
 
– 
 
1,649 
   
31,142 
 
3,876 
 
75 
 
35,093 
Equity shares
 
71 
 
79 
 
367 
 
517 
Treasury and other bills
 
519 
 
366 
 
– 
 
885 
Total available-for-sale financial assets
 
31,732 
 
4,321 
 
442 
 
36,495 
Derivative financial instruments
 
140 
 
40,320 
 
2,980 
 
43,440 
Total financial assets carried at fair value
 
126,164 
 
87,117 
 
7,312 
 
220,593 
Trading and other financial liabilities at fair value
through profit or loss
               
Liabilities held at fair value through profit or loss
(debt securities)
 
– 
 
5,246 
 
– 
 
5,246 
Trading liabilities:
               
Liabilities in respect of securities sold under repurchase agreements
 
– 
 
31,458 
 
– 
 
31,458 
Short positions in securities
 
2,473 
 
283 
 
– 
 
2,756 
Other
 
– 
 
1,213 
 
– 
 
1,213 
   
2,473 
 
32,954 
 
– 
 
35,427 
Total trading and other financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
 
2,473 
 
38,200 
 
– 
 
40,673 
Derivative financial instruments
 
108 
 
35,566 
 
927 
 
36,601 
Financial guarantees
 
– 
 
– 
 
49 
 
49 
Total financial liabilities carried at fair value
 
2,581 
 
73,766 
 
976 
 
77,323 

There were no transfers between level 1 and level 2 during the period.

 
Page 110 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


24.
Fair values of financial assets and liabilities (continued)

Movements in Level 3 portfolio

The table below analyses movements in the level 3 financial assets portfolio.

 
Trading 
and other 
financial  assets at fair 
value through 
profit or loss 
 
Available-
for-sale 
financial 
assets 
 
Derivative 
assets 
 
Total 
financial 
assets 
carried at 
fair value 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
                 
At 1 January 2013
 
3,306 
 
567 
 
2,358 
 
6,231 
Exchange and other adjustments
 
 
21 
 
10 
 
35 
Gains (losses) recognised in the income statement within other income
 
173 
 
(1)
 
55 
 
227 
Gains recognised in other comprehensive income within the revaluation reserve in respect of available-for-sale financial assets
 
– 
 
34 
 
– 
 
34 
Purchases
 
301 
 
27 
 
200 
 
528 
Sales
 
(159)
 
(207)
 
(9)
 
(375)
Transfers into the level 3 portfolio
 
265 
 
 
415 
 
681 
Transfers out of the level 3 portfolio
 
– 
 
– 
 
(49)
 
(49)
At 30 June 2013
 
3,890 
 
442 
 
2,980 
 
7,312 
Gains recognised in the income statement within other income attributable to the change in unrealised gains (losses) relating to those assets held at 30 June 2013
 
152 
 
 
52 
 
206 


The table below analyses movements in the level 3 financial liabilities portfolio.

   
Derivative 
liabilities 
 
Financial 
guarantees 
 
Total 
financial 
liabilities 
carried at 
fair value 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
             
At 1 January 2013
 
543 
 
48 
 
591 
Exchange and other adjustments
 
 
– 
 
(Gains) losses recognised in the income statement within other income
(44)
 
 
(42)
Additions
 
203 
 
– 
 
203 
Redemptions
 
(25)
 
(1)
 
(26)
Transfers into the level 3 portfolio
 
248 
 
– 
 
248 
Transfers out of the level 3 portfolio
 
(1)
 
– 
 
(1)
At 30 June 2013
 
927 
 
49 
 
976 
Gains (losses) recognised in the income statement within other income attributable to the change in unrealised gains (losses) relating to those liabilities held at 30 June 2013
 
43 
 
(2)
 
41 


 
Page 111 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


 
24.
Fair values of financial assets and liabilities (continued)

Sensitivity of level 3 valuations
Valuation techniques applied to many of the Group’s level 3 instruments often involve the use of two or more inputs whose relationship is interdependent.  The calculation of the effect of reasonably possible alternative assumptions included in the table below reflects such relationships.

The following information relates to significant unobservable inputs in respect of derivatives and debt investments shown in the table that follows:

·
Interest rates and inflation rates are referenced in some derivatives where the payoff that the holder of the derivative receives depends on the behaviour of those underlying references through time.
 
·
Credit spreads represent the premium above the benchmark reference instrument required to compensate for lower credit quality; higher spreads lead to a lower fair value.
 
·
Volatility parameters represent key attributes of option behaviour; higher volatilities typically denote a wider range of possible outcomes.

The fair values of certain equity investments, mainly those in the Group’s venture capital businesses, are determined by identifying the earnings multiple for comparable companies and applying this multiple to the earnings of the entity whose value is being estimated; a higher earnings multiple will result in a higher fair value.

Reasonably possible alternative assumptions
The following information relates to reasonably possible alternative assumptions shown in the table that follows.

Debt securities
Reasonably possible alternative assumptions have been determined in respect of the Group’s structured credit investment by flexing credit spreads to a range between 685 basis points and 1,016 basis points.

Derivatives
(i)
In respect of the embedded equity conversion feature of the Enhanced Capital Notes, the sensitivity was based on the absolute difference between the actual price of the Enhanced Capital Note and the closest, alternative broker quote available plus the impact of applying a 10 basis points increase/decrease in the market yield used to derive a market price for similar bonds without the conversion feature.  The effect of interdependency of the assumptions is not material to the effect of applying reasonably possible alternative assumptions to the valuations of derivative financial instruments.
 
(ii)
Uncollateralised inflation swaps are valued using appropriate discount spreads for such transactions.  These spreads are not generally observable for longer maturities.  The reasonably possible alternative valuations reflect flexing of the spreads for the differing maturities to alternative values of between 75 basis points and 230 basis points.
 
(iii)
Swaptions are priced using industry standard option pricing models.  Such models require interest rate volatilities which may be unobservable at longer maturities.  To derive reasonably possible alternative valuations these volatilities have been flexed within a range of 1 per cent to 118 per cent.

Equity and venture capital investments
The valuation techniques used for unlisted equities and venture capital investments vary depending on the nature of the investment.  Reasonably possible alternative valuations for these investments have been calculated as follows:

––
for valuations derived from earnings multiples, a 10 per cent increase/decrease in the earnings multiple has been applied; and
 
––
for fund investment portfolios, the values of underlying investments have been flexed in line with International Private Equity and Venture Capital Guidelines.
 

 
Page 112 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


24.
Fair values of financial assets and liabilities (continued)
           
At 30 June 2013
               
Effect of reasonably possible alternative assumptions2
 
Valuation technique(s)
Significant unobservable inputs
 
Range1
 
Carrying 
value 
 
Favourable 
changes 
Unfavourable 
changes 
           
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
Trading and other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
         
Debt securities
Discounted cash flow
Credit spreads (bps)
 
n/a3
 
243 
 
17 
 
(6)
Equity and venture capital investments
Market approach
Earnings multiple
 
0.9/14.4
 
2,172 
 
82
 
(84)
 
Underlying asset/net asset value (incl. property prices)4
n/a
 
n/a
 
191 
 
41 
 
(20)
Unlisted equities
and property
partnerships in the life funds
Underlying asset/net asset value (incl. property prices)4
n/a
 
n/a
 
1,284 
 
– 
 
– 
           
3,890 
       
Available-for-sale financial assets
               
Asset-backed
securities
Lead manager
or broker quote/consensus pricing
n/a
 
n/a
 
75 
 
– 
 
– 
Equity and venture capital investments
Underlying asset/net asset value (incl. property prices)4
n/a
 
n/a
 
367 
 
19 
 
(10)
           
442 
       
Derivative financial assets
                 
Embedded equity conversion feature
Lead manager or broker quote
Equity conversion feature spread (bps)
328/532
 
1,279 
 
60 
 
(60)
Interest rate
derivatives
Discounted cash flow
Inflation swap rate – funding component (bps)
 
54/189
 
1,263 
 
127 
 
(46)
 
Option pricing model
Interest rate
volatility
 
26%/121%
 
438 
 
10 
 
(5)
           
2,980 
       
Financial assets carried at fair value
     
7,312 
       
Derivative financial liabilities
                 
Interest rate
derivatives
Discounted cash flow
Inflation swap rate – funding component (bps)
 
54/189
 
664 
 
– 
 
– 
 
Option pricing model
Interest rate
volatility
 
26%/121%
 
263 
 
– 
 
– 
         
927 
       
Financial guarantees
       
49 
       
Financial liabilities carried at fair value
     
976 
       

1
The range represents the highest and lowest inputs used in the level 3 valuations.
2
Where the exposure to an unobservable input is managed on a net basis, only the net impact is shown in the table.
3
A single pricing source is used.
4
Underlying asset/net asset values represent fair value.


 
Page 113 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


25.
Related party transactions

UK Government
In January 2009, the UK Government through HM Treasury became a related party of the Company following its subscription for ordinary shares issued under a placing and open offer.  As at 30 June 2013, HM Treasury held a 38.7 per cent (31 December 2012: 39.2 per cent) interest in the Company’s ordinary share capital and consequently HM Treasury remained a related party of the Company during the half-year to 30 June 2013.

In accordance with IAS 24, UK Government-controlled entities are related parties of the Group.  The Group regards the Bank of England and entities controlled by the UK Government, including The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc, Northern Rock (Asset Management) plc and Bradford & Bingley plc, as related parties.

The Group has participated in a number of schemes operated by the UK Government and central banks and made available to eligible banks and building societies.

National Loan Guarantee Scheme
The Group is participating in the UK Government's National Loan Guarantee Scheme, which was launched on 20 March 2012.  Through the scheme, the Group is providing eligible UK businesses with discounted funding, subject to continuation of the scheme and its financial benefits, and based on the Group’s existing lending criteria.  Eligible businesses who take up the funding benefit from a 1 per cent discount on their funding rate for a certain period of time.

Business Growth Fund
In May 2011 the Group agreed, together with The Royal Bank of Scotland plc (and three other non-related parties), to commit up to £300 million of equity investment by subscribing for shares in the Business Growth Fund plc which is the company created to fulfil the role of the Business Growth Fund as set out in the British Bankers’ Association’s Business Taskforce Report of October 2010.  At 30 June 2013, the Group had invested £54 million (31 December 2012: £50 million) in the Business Growth Fund and carried the investment at a fair value of £44 million (31 December 2012: £44 million).

Big Society Capital
In January 2012 the Group agreed, together with The Royal Bank of Scotland plc (and two other non-related parties), to commit up to £50 million each of equity investment into the Big Society Capital Fund.  The Fund, which was created as part of the Project Merlin arrangements, is a UK social investment fund.  The Fund was officially launched on 3 April 2012 and the Group had invested £12 million in the Fund by 31 December 2012 and invested a further £4 million during the half-year to 30 June 2013.

Funding for Lending
In August 2012 the Group announced its support for the UK Government’s Funding for Lending Scheme and confirmed its intention to participate in the scheme; and in June 2013 the Group accepted the UK Government’s invitation to take part in the extension of the scheme until the end of January 2015.  The Funding for Lending Scheme represents a further source of cost effective secured term funding available to the Group.  The initiative supports a broad range of UK based customers, providing householders with more affordable housing finance and businesses with cheaper finance to invest and grow.  The Group drew down £3.0 billion during the year ended 31 December 2012; there have been no further drawings in the half-year to 30 June 2013.

Central bank facilities
In the ordinary course of business, the Group may from time to time access market-wide facilities provided by central banks.

Other government-related entities
There were no significant transactions with other UK Government-controlled entities (including UK Government-controlled banks) during the period that were not made in the ordinary course of business or that were unusual in their nature or conditions.

 
Page 114 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


25.
Related party transactions (continued)

Other related party transactions
During the half-year to 30 June 2013, the Group sold at fair value certain securitisation notes to Lloyds TSB Group Pension Trust (No. 1) Limited for a consideration of approximately £340 million.  Subsequently, the Group entered into a commercially negotiated agreement with Lloyds TSB Group Pension Trust (No.1) Limited to jointly sell a portfolio of US Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities with a book value of £3.5 billion.  As a result of selling the portfolio together a price premium was achieved compared to selling the notes separately.  Under the terms of the agreement the Group and Lloyds TSB Group Pension Trust (No.1) Limited agreed to share any price premium achieved above an agreed minimum threshold amount.

In March 2013 the Group sold 102 million shares in St. James's Place plc; fees totalling some £5 million in relation to the sale were settled by St. James’s Place plc.

Other related party transactions for the half-year to 30 June 2013 are similar in nature to those for the year ended 31 December 2012.


 
Page 115 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


26.
Restatement of prior period information

As explained in note 1, the Group has adopted IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements and Amendments to IAS 19 Employee Benefits (IAS 19R) on 1 January 2013.  

The Group has restated information for the preceding comparative periods.

The following tables summarise the adjustments arising on the adoption of IAS 19R and IFRS 10 to the Group’s:
 
income statement, statement of comprehensive income and statement of cash flows for the half-year to 30 June 2012 and the half-year to 31 December 2012;
 
balance sheet at 31 December 2012; and
 
equity at 1 January 2012.

Consolidated income statement – half-year to 30 June 2012

   
As  previously  reported 
 
IFRS 10 
 
 
IAS 19 
Revised 
 
Restated 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
                 
Interest and similar income
 
12,734 
 
– 
 
– 
 
12,734 
Interest and similar expense
 
(8,076)
 
(394)
 
– 
 
(8,470)
Net interest income
 
4,658 
 
(394)
 
– 
 
4,264 
Fee and commission income
 
2,394 
 
(41)
 
– 
 
2,353 
Fee and commission expense
 
(748)
 
(3)
 
– 
 
(751)
Net fee and commission income
 
1,646 
 
(44)
 
– 
 
1,602 
Net trading income
 
4,105 
 
441 
 
– 
 
4,546 
Insurance premium income
 
4,183 
 
– 
 
– 
 
4,183 
Other operating income
 
1,661 
 
– 
 
– 
 
1,661 
Other income
 
11,595 
 
397 
 
– 
 
11,992 
Total income
 
16,253 
 
 
– 
 
16,256 
Insurance claims
 
(7,288)
 
– 
 
– 
 
(7,288)
Total income, net of insurance claims
 
8,965 
 
 
– 
 
8,968 
Regulatory provisions
 
(1,075)
 
– 
 
– 
 
(1,075)
Other operating expenses
 
(5,601)
 
– 
 
(20)
 
(5,621)
Total operating expenses
 
(6,676)
 
– 
 
(20)
 
(6,696)
Trading surplus
 
2,289 
 
 
(20)
 
2,272 
Impairment
 
(2,728)
 
– 
 
– 
 
(2,728)
(Loss) profit before tax
 
(439)
 
 
(20)
 
(456)
Taxation
 
(202)
 
(3)
 
(1) 
 
(206)
Loss for the period
 
(641)
 
– 
 
(21)
 
(662)
                 
Profit attributable to non-controlling interests
 
35 
 
– 
 
– 
 
35 
Loss attributable to equity shareholders
 
(676)
 
– 
 
(21)
 
(697)
Loss for the period
 
(641)
 
– 
 
(21)
 
(662)
                 
Basic loss per share
 
(1.0)p 
         
(1.0)p 
Diluted loss per share
 
(1.0)p 
         
(1.0)p 


 
Page 116 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


26.
Restatement of prior period information (continued)

Consolidated income statement – half-year to 31 December 2012

   
As  previously  reported 
 
IFRS 10 
 
 
IAS 19 
Revised 
 
Restated 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
                 
Interest and similar income
 
10,801 
 
13 
 
– 
 
10,814 
Interest and similar expense
 
(6,384)
 
(976)
 
– 
 
(7,360)
Net interest income
 
4,417 
 
(963)
 
– 
 
3,454 
Fee and commission income
 
2,337 
 
(40)
 
– 
 
2,297 
Fee and commission expense
 
(690)
 
(3)
 
– 
 
(693)
Net fee and commission income
 
1,647 
 
(43)
 
– 
 
1,604 
Net trading income
 
9,449 
 
1,010 
 
– 
 
10,459 
Insurance premium income
 
4,101 
 
– 
 
– 
 
4,101 
Other operating income
 
3,039 
 
– 
 
– 
 
3,039 
Other income
 
18,236 
 
967 
 
– 
 
19,203 
Total income
 
22,653 
 
 
– 
 
22,657 
Insurance claims
 
(11,108)
 
– 
 
– 
 
(11,108)
Total income, net of insurance claims
 
11,545 
 
 
– 
 
11,549 
Regulatory provisions
 
(3,100)
 
– 
 
– 
 
(3,100)
Other operating expenses
 
(6,155)
 
(1)
 
(22)
 
(6,178)
Total operating expenses
 
(9,255)
 
(1)
 
(22)
 
(9,278)
Trading surplus
 
2,290 
 
 
(22)
 
2,271 
Impairment
 
(2,421)
 
– 
 
– 
 
(2,421)
(Loss) profit before tax
 
(131)
 
 
(22)
 
(150)
Taxation
 
(571)
 
(3)
 
(1)
 
(575)
Loss for the period
 
(702)
 
– 
 
(23)
 
(725)
                 
Profit attributable to non-controlling interests
 
49 
 
– 
 
– 
 
49 
Loss attributable to equity shareholders
 
(751)
 
– 
 
(23)
 
(774)
Loss for the period
 
(702)
 
– 
 
(23)
 
(725)
                 
Basic loss per share
 
(1.1)p 
         
(1.1)p 
Diluted loss per share
 
(1.1)p 
         
(1.1)p 


 
Page 117 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


26.
Restatement of prior period information (continued)

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income – half-year to 30 June 2012

   
As  previously  reported 
 
IFRS 10 
 
IAS 19 
Revised 
 
Restated 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
                 
Loss for the period
 
(641)
 
– 
 
(21)
 
(662)
Other comprehensive income
               
Items that will not subsequently be reclassified to profit or loss:
               
Post-retirement defined benefit scheme remeasurements:
               
Remeasurements before taxation
 
– 
 
– 
 
398 
 
398 
Taxation
 
– 
 
– 
 
(96)
 
(96)
   
– 
 
– 
 
302 
 
302 
Items that may subsequently be reclassified to profit or loss:
               
Movements in revaluation reserve in respect of available-for-sale financial assets:
               
Change in fair value
 
738 
 
– 
 
– 
 
738 
Income statement transfers in respect of disposals
 
(792)
 
– 
 
– 
 
(792)
Income statement transfers in respect of impairment
 
28 
 
– 
 
– 
 
28 
Taxation
 
42 
 
– 
 
– 
 
42 
   
16 
 
– 
 
– 
 
16 
Movements in cash flow hedging reserve:
               
Effective portion of changes in fair value
 
128 
 
– 
 
– 
 
128 
Net income statement transfers
 
238 
 
– 
 
– 
 
238 
Taxation
 
(83)
 
– 
 
– 
 
(83)
   
283 
 
– 
 
– 
 
283 
Currency translation differences (tax: nil)
 
(20)
 
– 
 
– 
 
(20)
Other comprehensive income for the period,
net of tax
 
279 
 
– 
 
302 
 
581 
Total comprehensive income for the period
 
(362)
 
– 
 
281 
 
(81)
                 
Total comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interests
 
34 
 
– 
 
– 
 
34 
Total comprehensive income attributable to equity shareholders
 
(396)
 
– 
 
281 
 
(115)
Total comprehensive income for the period
 
(362)
 
– 
 
281 
 
(81)



 
Page 118 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


 
26.
Restatement of prior period information (continued)

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income – half-year to 31 December 2012

   
As  previously  reported 
 
IFRS 10 
 
IAS 19 
Revised 
 
Restated 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
                 
Loss for the period
 
(702)
 
– 
 
(23)
 
(725)
Other comprehensive income
               
Items that will not subsequently be reclassified to profit or loss:
               
Post-retirement defined benefit scheme remeasurements:
               
Remeasurements before taxation
 
– 
 
– 
 
(2,534)
 
(2,534)
Taxation
 
– 
 
– 
 
587 
 
587 
   
– 
 
– 
 
(1,947)
 
(1,947)
Items that may subsequently be reclassified to profit or loss:
               
Movements in revaluation reserve in respect of available-for-sale financial assets:
               
Adjustment on transfer from held-to maturity portfolio
 
1,168 
 
– 
 
– 
 
1,168 
Change in fair value
 
162 
 
– 
 
– 
 
162 
Income statement transfers in respect of disposals
 
(2,755)
 
– 
 
– 
 
(2,755)
Income statement transfers in respect of impairment
 
14 
 
– 
 
– 
 
14 
Other income statement transfers
 
169 
 
– 
 
– 
 
169 
Taxation
 
297 
 
– 
 
– 
 
297 
   
(945)
 
– 
 
– 
 
(945)
Movements in cash flow hedging reserve:
               
Effective portion of changes in fair value
 
(12)
 
– 
 
– 
 
(12)
Net income statement transfers
 
(330)
 
– 
 
– 
 
(330)
Taxation
 
84 
 
– 
 
– 
 
84 
   
(258)
 
– 
 
– 
 
(258)
Currency translation differences (tax: nil)
 
 
– 
 
– 
 
Other comprehensive income for the period,
net of tax
 
(1,197)
 
– 
 
(1,947)
 
(3,144)
Total comprehensive income for the period
 
(1,899)
 
– 
 
(1,970)
 
(3,869)
                 
Total comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interests
 
48 
 
– 
 
– 
 
48 
Total comprehensive income attributable to equity shareholders
 
(1,947)
 
– 
 
(1,970)
 
(3,917)
Total comprehensive income for the period
 
(1,899)
 
– 
 
(1,970)
 
(3,869)



 
Page 119 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


26.
Restatement of prior period information (continued)

Consolidated cash flow statement – half-year to 30 June 2012

   
As previously  reported 
 
IFRS 10 
 
 
IAS 19 
Revised 
 
Restated 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
                 
(Loss) profit before tax
 
(439)
 
 
(20)
 
(456)
Adjustments for:
               
Change in operating assets
 
29,831 
 
223 
 
– 
 
30,054 
Change in operating liabilities
 
(8,543)
 
(206)
 
– 
 
(8,749)
Non-cash and other items
 
1,668 
 
(20)
 
20 
 
1,668 
Tax paid
 
(94)
 
– 
 
– 
 
(94)
Net cash provided by operating activities
 
22,423 
 
– 
 
– 
 
22,423 
                 
Cash flows from investing activities
               
Purchase of financial assets
 
(12,284)
 
– 
 
– 
 
(12,284)
Proceeds from sale and maturity of financial assets
 
14,238 
 
– 
 
– 
 
14,238 
Purchase of fixed assets
 
(1,416)
 
– 
 
– 
 
(1,416)
Proceeds from sale of fixed assets
 
1,022 
 
– 
 
– 
 
1,022 
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired
 
(10)
 
– 
 
– 
 
(10)
Disposal of businesses, net of cash disposed
 
 
– 
 
– 
 
Net cash provided by investing activities
 
1,555 
 
– 
 
– 
 
1,555 
                 
Cash flows from financing activities
               
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests
 
(23)
 
– 
 
– 
 
(23)
Interest paid on subordinated liabilities
 
(888)
 
– 
 
– 
 
(888)
Proceeds from issue of ordinary shares
 
170 
 
– 
 
– 
 
170 
Repayment of subordinated liabilities
 
(15)
 
– 
 
– 
 
(15)
Change in non-controlling interests
 
 
– 
 
– 
 
Net cash used in financing activities
 
(749)
 
– 
 
– 
 
(749)
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
 
(10)
 
– 
 
– 
 
(10)
Change in cash and cash equivalents
 
23,219 
 
– 
 
– 
 
23,219 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
 
85,889 
 
– 
 
– 
 
85,889 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
 
109,108 
 
– 
 
– 
 
109,108 


 
Page 120 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


 
26.
Restatement of prior period information (continued)

Consolidated cash flow statement – half-year to 31 December 2012

   
As  previously  reported 
 
IFRS 10 
 
 
IAS 19 
Revised 
 
Restated 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
                 
(Loss) profit before tax
 
(131)
 
 
(22)
 
(150)
Adjustments for:
               
Change in operating assets
 
18,502 
 
(751)
 
– 
 
17,751 
Change in operating liabilities
 
(38,138)
 
734 
 
– 
 
(37,404)
Non-cash and other items
 
377 
 
14 
 
22 
 
413 
Tax paid
 
16 
 
– 
 
– 
 
16 
Net cash used in operating activities
 
(19,374)
 
– 
 
– 
 
(19,374)
                 
Cash flows from investing activities
               
Purchase of financial assets
 
(9,766)
 
– 
 
– 
 
(9,766)
Proceeds from sale and maturity of financial assets
 
23,426 
 
– 
 
– 
 
23,426 
Purchase of fixed assets
 
(1,587)
 
– 
 
– 
 
(1,587)
Proceeds from sale of fixed assets
 
1,573 
 
– 
 
– 
 
1,573 
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired
 
(1)
 
– 
 
– 
 
(1)
Disposal of businesses, net of cash disposed
 
32 
 
– 
 
– 
 
32 
Net cash provided by investing activities
 
13,677 
 
– 
 
– 
 
13,677 
                 
Cash flows from financing activities
               
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests
 
(33)
 
– 
 
– 
 
(33)
Interest paid on subordinated liabilities
 
(1,689)
 
– 
 
– 
 
(1,689)
Repayment of subordinated liabilities
 
(649)
 
– 
 
– 
 
(649)
Change in non-controlling interests
 
16 
 
– 
 
– 
 
16 
Net cash used in financing activities
 
(2,355)
 
– 
 
– 
 
(2,355)
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
 
 
– 
 
– 
 
Change in cash and cash equivalents
 
(8,050)
 
– 
 
– 
 
(8,050)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
 
109,108 
 
– 
 
– 
 
109,108 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
 
101,058 
 
– 
 
– 
 
101,058 


 
Page 121 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


26.
Restatement of prior period information (continued)

Consolidated balance sheet at 31 December 2012

   
As  previously  reported 
 
IFRS 10 
 
 
IAS 19 
Revised 
 
Restated 
Assets
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
                 
Cash and balances at central banks
 
80,298 
 
– 
 
– 
 
80,298 
Items in course of collection from banks
 
1,256 
 
– 
 
– 
 
1,256 
Trading and other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
 
153,990 
 
6,630 
 
– 
 
160,620 
Derivative financial instruments
 
56,550 
 
 
– 
 
56,557 
Loans and receivables:
               
Loans and advances to banks
 
29,417 
 
3,340 
 
– 
 
32,757 
Loans and advances to customers
 
517,225 
 
– 
 
– 
 
517,225 
Debt securities
 
5,273 
 
– 
 
– 
 
5,273 
   
551,915 
 
3,340 
 
– 
 
555,255 
Available-for-sale financial assets
 
31,374 
 
– 
 
– 
 
31,374 
Investment properties
 
5,405 
 
– 
 
– 
 
5,405 
Goodwill
 
2,016 
 
– 
 
– 
 
2,016 
Value of in-force business
 
6,800 
 
– 
 
– 
 
6,800 
Other intangible assets
 
2,792 
 
– 
 
– 
 
2,792 
Tangible fixed assets
 
7,342 
 
– 
 
– 
 
7,342 
Current tax recoverable
 
354 
 
– 
 
– 
 
354 
Deferred tax assets
 
4,285 
 
– 
 
628 
 
4,913 
Retirement benefit assets
 
1,867 
 
– 
 
(1,126)
 
741 
Other assets
 
18,308 
 
190 
 
– 
 
18,498 
Total assets
 
924,552 
 
10,167 
 
(498)
 
934,221 




 
Page 122 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


26.
Restatement of prior period information (continued)

Consolidated balance sheet at 31 December 2012 (continued)

   
As  previously  reported 
 
IFRS 10 
 
 
IAS 19 
Revised 
 
Restated 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
Equity and liabilities
               
Liabilities
               
Deposits from banks
 
38,405 
 
– 
 
– 
 
38,405 
Customer deposits
 
426,912 
 
– 
 
– 
 
426,912 
Items in course of transmission to banks
 
996 
 
– 
 
– 
 
996 
Trading and other financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
 
35,972 
 
(2,580)
 
– 
 
33,392 
Derivative financial instruments
 
48,665 
 
11 
 
– 
 
48,676 
Notes in circulation
 
1,198 
 
– 
 
– 
 
1,198 
Debt securities in issue
 
117,369 
 
(116)
 
– 
 
117,253 
Liabilities arising from insurance contracts and
participating investment contracts
 
82,953 
 
– 
 
– 
 
82,953 
Liabilities arising from non-participating investment contracts
 
54,372 
 
– 
 
– 
 
54,372 
Unallocated surplus within insurance businesses
 
267 
 
– 
 
– 
 
267 
Other liabilities
 
33,941 
 
12,852 
 
– 
 
46,793 
Retirement benefit obligations
 
300 
 
– 
 
1,605 
 
1,905 
Current tax liabilities
 
138 
 
– 
 
– 
 
138 
Deferred tax liabilities
 
327 
 
– 
 
– 
 
327 
Other provisions
 
3,961 
 
– 
 
– 
 
3,961 
Subordinated liabilities
 
34,092 
 
– 
 
– 
 
34,092 
Total liabilities
 
879,868 
 
10,167 
 
1,605 
 
891,640 
                 
Equity
               
Share capital
 
7,042 
 
– 
 
– 
 
7,042 
Share premium account
 
16,872 
 
– 
 
– 
 
16,872 
Other reserves
 
12,902 
 
– 
 
– 
 
12,902 
Retained profits
 
7,183 
 
– 
 
(2,103)
 
5,080 
Shareholders’ equity
 
43,999 
 
– 
 
(2,103)
 
41,896 
Non-controlling interests
 
685 
 
– 
 
– 
 
685 
Total equity
 
44,684 
 
– 
 
(2,103)
 
42,581 
Total equity and liabilities
 
924,552 
 
10,167 
 
(498)
 
934,221 


 
Page 123 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


 
26.
Restatement of prior period information (continued)

Equity at 1 January 2012

   
As  previously  reported 
 
IFRS 10 
 
 
IAS 19 
Revised 
 
Restated 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
                 
Share capital
 
6,881
 
– 
 
– 
 
6,881
Share premium account
 
16,541
 
– 
 
– 
 
16,541
Other reserves
 
13,818
 
– 
 
– 
 
13,818
Retained profits
 
8,680
 
– 
 
(414)
 
8,266
Shareholders’ equity
 
45,920
 
– 
 
(414)
 
45,506
Non-controlling interests
 
674
 
– 
 
– 
 
674
Total equity
 
46,594
 
– 
 
(414)
 
46,180



 
Page 124 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


27.
Future accounting developments

The following pronouncements may have a significant effect on the Group’s financial statements but are not applicable for the year ending 31 December 2013 and have not been applied in preparing these condensed consolidated half-year financial statements.  Save as disclosed below, the full impact of these accounting changes is being assessed by the Group.

Pronouncement
 
Nature of change
 
IASB effective date
Amendments to IAS 32 Financial Instruments: Presentation – ‘Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities’
 
Provides additional application guidance to address inconsistencies identified in applying the offsetting criteria used in the standard.  Some gross settlement systems may qualify for offsetting where they exhibit certain characteristics akin to net settlement.
 
Annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2014.
IFRS 9 Financial Instruments1
 
Replaces those parts of IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement relating to the classification, measurement and derecognition of financial assets and liabilities.  IFRS 9 requires financial assets to be classified into two measurement categories, fair value and amortised cost, on the basis of the objectives of the entity’s business model for managing its financial assets and the contractual cash flow characteristics of the instruments and eliminates the available-for-sale financial asset and held-to-maturity investment categories in IAS 39.  The requirements for derecognition are broadly unchanged from IAS 39.  The standard also retains most of the IAS 39 requirements for financial liabilities except for those designated at fair value through profit or loss whereby that part of the fair value change attributable to the entity’s own credit risk is recorded in other comprehensive income.
 
Annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2015.

1
As at 31 July 2013, this pronouncement is awaiting EU endorsement.  IFRS 9 is the initial stage of the project to replace IAS 39.  Future stages are expected to result in amendments to IFRS 9 to deal with changes to the impairment of financial assets measured at amortised cost and hedge accounting, as well as a reconsideration of classification and measurement.  Until all stages of the replacement project are complete, it is not possible to determine the overall impact on the financial statements of the replacement of IAS 39.


 
Page 125 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


28.
Condensed consolidating financial information

Lloyds TSB Bank plc (LTSB Bank) is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company and intends to offer and sell certain securities in the US from time to time utilising a registration statement on Form F-3 filed with the SEC by the Company.  This will be accompanied by a full and unconditional guarantee by the Company.

LTSB Bank intends to utilise an exception provided in Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X which allows it to not file its financial statements with the SEC.  In accordance with the requirements to qualify for the exception, presented below is condensed consolidating financial information for:

·
The Company on a stand-alone basis as guarantor;
 
·
LTSB Bank on a stand-alone basis as issuer;
 
·
Non-guarantor subsidiaries of the Company and non-guarantor subsidiaries of LTSB Bank on a combined basis (Subsidiaries);
 
·
Consolidation adjustments; and
 
·
Lloyds Banking Group’s consolidated amounts (the Group).

Under IAS 27, the Company and LTSB Bank account for investments in their subsidiary undertakings at cost less impairment.  Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X requires a company to account for its investments in subsidiary undertakings using the equity method, which would increase/(decrease) the result for the period of the Company and LTSB Bank in the information below by £2,211 million and £(2,960) million, respectively, for the half-year to 30 June 2013; £(392) million and £(1,056) million for the half-year to 30 June 2012; and £(811) million and £(177) million for the half-year to 31 December 2012.  The net assets of the Company and LTSB Bank in the information below would also be increased by £5,685 million and £4,532 million, respectively, at 30 June 2013; and £6,189 million and £7,926 million at 31 December 2012.

Income statements

For the half-year ended 30 June 2013
 
Company 
 
LTSB Bank 
Subsidiaries 
Consolidation 
adjustments 
 
Group 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
                     
Net interest (expense) income
 
40 
 
1,308 
 
2,404 
 
(482)
 
3,270 
Other income
 
(910)
 
7,394 
 
18,253 
 
(5,935)
 
18,802 
Total income
 
(870)
 
8,702 
 
20,657 
 
(6,417)
 
22,072 
Insurance claims
 
– 
 
– 
 
(11,687)
 
– 
 
(11,687)
Total income, net of insurance claims
(870)
 
8,702 
 
8,970 
 
(6,417)
 
10,385 
Operating expenses
 
(5)
 
(3,581)
 
(3,234)
 
252 
 
(6,568)
Trading surplus
 
(875)
 
5,121 
 
5,736 
 
(6,165)
 
3,817 
Impairment
 
– 
 
(292)
 
(1,777)
 
386 
 
(1,683)
(Loss) profit before tax
 
(875)
 
4,829 
 
3,959 
 
(5,779)
 
2,134 
Taxation
 
224 
 
61 
 
(792)
 
(49)
 
(556)
(Loss) profit for the period
 
(651)
 
4,890 
 
3,167 
 
(5,828)
 
1,578 


 
Page 126 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


28.         Condensed consolidating financial information (continued)

Income statements (continued)

For the half-year ended 30 June 20121
 
Company 
 
LTSB Bank 
Subsidiaries 
Consolidation 
adjustments 
 
Group 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
                     
Net interest (expense) income
 
(73)
 
1,186 
 
3,723 
 
(572)
 
4,264 
Other income
 
(307)
 
1,521 
 
10,710 
 
68 
 
11,992 
Total income
 
(380)
 
2,707 
 
14,433 
 
(504)
 
16,256 
Insurance claims
 
– 
 
– 
 
(7,288)
 
– 
 
(7,288)
Total income, net of insurance claims
(380)
 
2,707 
 
7,145 
 
(504)
 
8,968 
Operating expenses
 
(16)
 
(3,809)
 
(3,124)
 
253 
 
(6,696)
Trading surplus
 
(396)
 
(1,102)
 
4,021 
 
(251)
 
2,272 
Impairment
 
– 
 
(761)
 
(2,397)
 
430 
 
(2,728)
(Loss) profit before tax
 
(396)
 
(1,863)
 
1,624 
 
179 
 
(456)
Taxation
 
112 
 
221 
 
(524)
 
(15)
 
(206)
(Loss) profit for the period
 
(284)
 
(1,642)
 
1,100 
 
164 
 
(662)


For the half-year ended
31 December 20121
 
Company 
 
LTSB Bank 
Subsidiaries 
Consolidation 
adjustments 
 
Group 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
                     
Net interest (expense) income
 
(61)
 
1,165 
 
2,516 
 
(166)
 
3,454 
Other income
 
389 
 
4,020 
 
16,931 
 
(2,137)
 
19,203 
Total income
 
328 
 
5,185 
 
19,447 
 
(2,303)
 
22,657 
Insurance claims
 
– 
 
– 
 
(11,112)
 
 
(11,108)
Total income, net of insurance claims
328 
 
5,185 
 
8,335 
 
(2,299)
 
11,549 
Operating expenses
 
(191)
 
(5,231)
 
(4,125)
 
269 
 
(9,278)
Trading surplus
 
137 
 
(46)
 
4,210 
 
(2,030)
 
2,271 
Impairment
 
– 
 
(822)
 
(2,129)
 
530 
 
(2,421)
Profit (loss) before tax
 
137 
 
(868)
 
2,081 
 
(1,500)
 
(150)
Taxation
 
(77)
 
323 
 
(806)
 
(15)
 
(575)
Profit (loss) for the period
 
60 
 
(545)
 
1,275 
 
(1,515)
 
(725)

1
Restated – see note 1.


 
Page 127 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC

28.         Condensed consolidating financial information (continued)

Balance sheets

At 30 June 2013
 
Company 
 
LTSB Bank 
Subsidiaries 
Consolidation 
adjustments 
 
Group 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
                     
Assets
                   
Cash and balances at central banks
 
– 
 
53,014 
 
7,541 
 
– 
 
60,555 
Items in course of collection from banks
 
– 
 
844 
 
737 
 
– 
 
1,581 
Trading and other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
 
– 
 
12,546 
 
129,470 
 
(1,358)
 
140,658 
Derivative financial instruments
 
1,581 
 
28,075 
 
29,040 
 
(15,256)
 
43,440 
Loans and receivables:
                   
Loans and advances to banks
 
– 
 
198,370 
 
275,647 
 
(441,424)
 
32,593 
Loans and advances to customers
 
5,898 
 
227,368 
 
330,627 
 
(58,109)
 
505,784 
Debt securities
 
– 
 
150 
 
10,028 
 
(8,488)
 
1,690 
   
5,898 
 
425,888 
 
616,302 
 
(508,021)
 
540,067 
Available-for-sale financial assets
 
3,118 
 
37,103 
 
12,688 
 
(16,414)
 
36,495 
Investment properties
 
– 
 
– 
 
4,638 
 
– 
 
4,638 
Goodwill
 
– 
 
– 
 
2,400 
 
(384)
 
2,016 
Value of in-force business
 
– 
 
– 
 
5,716 
 
413 
 
6,129 
Other intangible assets
 
– 
 
474 
 
247 
 
1,668 
 
2,389 
Tangible fixed assets
 
– 
 
2,357 
 
5,144 
 
52 
 
7,553 
Current tax recoverable
 
– 
 
1,426 
 
– 
 
(1,076)
 
350 
Deferred tax assets
 
 
4,143 
 
2,491 
 
(1,538)
 
5,098 
Retirement benefit assets
 
– 
 
– 
 
784 
 
75 
 
859 
Investment in subsidiary undertakings
 
40,534 
 
40,332 
 
– 
 
(80,866)
 
– 
Other assets
 
1,122 
 
4,707 
 
20,180 
 
(1,058)
 
24,951 
Total assets
 
52,255 
 
610,909 
 
837,378 
 
(623,763)
 
876,779 

 
Page 128 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC

28.         Condensed consolidating financial information (continued)

Balance sheets (continued)

At 30 June 2013
 
Company 
 
LTSB Bank 
Subsidiaries 
Consolidation 
adjustments 
 
Group 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
                     
Equity and liabilities
                   
                     
Liabilities
                   
Deposits from banks
 
– 
 
221,700 
 
237,008 
 
(444,482)
 
14,226 
Customer deposits
 
11,755 
 
215,519 
 
261,540 
 
(55,255)
 
433,559 
Items in course of transmission to banks
– 
 
723 
 
577 
 
– 
 
1,300 
Trading and other financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
 
– 
 
12,658 
 
28,060 
 
(45)
 
40,673 
Derivative financial instruments
 
– 
 
26,732 
 
25,159 
 
(15,290)
 
36,601 
Notes in circulation
 
– 
 
– 
 
1,354 
 
– 
 
1,354 
Debt securities in issue
 
581 
 
56,727 
 
59,206 
 
(10,167)
 
106,347 
Liabilities arising from insurance contracts and participating investment contracts
– 
 
– 
 
84,658 
 
(23)
 
84,635 
Liabilities arising from non-participating investment contracts
 
– 
 
– 
 
27,298 
 
– 
 
27,298 
Unallocated surplus within insurance businesses
 
– 
 
– 
 
327 
 
– 
 
327 
Other liabilities
 
73 
 
8,388 
 
40,660 
 
(931)
 
48,190 
Retirement benefit obligations
 
– 
 
229 
 
502 
 
49 
 
780 
Current tax liabilities
 
 
10 
 
905 
 
(773)
 
146 
Deferred tax liabilities
 
– 
 
– 
 
316 
 
– 
 
316 
Other provisions
 
– 
 
1,630 
 
1,325 
 
150 
 
3,105 
Subordinated liabilities
 
2,163 
 
23,305 
 
27,650 
 
(18,883)
 
34,235 
Total liabilities
 
14,576 
 
567,621 
 
796,545 
 
(545,650)
 
833,092 
                     
Equity
                   
Shareholders’ equity
 
37,679 
 
43,288 
 
40,510 
 
(78,113)
 
43,364 
Non-controlling interests
 
– 
 
– 
 
323 
 
– 
 
323 
Total equity
 
37,679 
 
43,288 
 
40,833 
 
(78,113)
 
43,687 
                     
Total equity and liabilities
 
52,255 
 
610,909 
 
837,378 
 
(623,763)
 
876,779 

 
Page 129 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC

28.         Condensed consolidating financial information (continued)

Balance sheets (continued)

At 31 December 20121
 
Company 
 
LTSB Bank 
Subsidiaries 
Consolidation  adjustments 
 
Group 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
                     
Assets
                   
Cash and balances at central banks
 
– 
 
74,078 
 
6,220 
 
– 
 
80,298 
Items in course of collection from banks
 
– 
 
806 
 
450 
 
– 
 
1,256 
Trading and other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
 
– 
 
6,462 
 
154,944 
 
(786)
 
160,620 
Derivative financial instruments
 
1,693 
 
32,247 
 
37,705 
 
(15,088)
 
56,557 
Loans and receivables:
                   
Loans and advances to banks
 
– 
 
188,216 
 
255,075 
 
(410,534)
 
32,757 
Loans and advances to customers
 
7,418 
 
240,546 
 
345,347 
 
(76,086)
 
517,225 
Debt securities
 
– 
 
492 
 
25,455 
 
(20,674)
 
5,273 
   
7,418 
 
429,254 
 
625,877 
 
(507,294)
 
555,255 
Available-for-sale financial assets
 
3,083 
 
31,092 
 
17,898 
 
(20,699)
 
31,374 
Investment properties
 
– 
 
– 
 
5,405 
 
– 
 
5,405 
Goodwill
 
– 
 
– 
 
2,874 
 
(858)
 
2,016 
Value of in-force business
 
– 
 
– 
 
5,654 
 
1,146 
 
6,800 
Other intangible assets
 
– 
 
411 
 
272 
 
2,109 
 
2,792 
Tangible fixed assets
 
– 
 
2,186 
 
5,098 
 
58 
 
7,342 
Current tax recoverable
 
– 
 
1,102 
 
718 
 
(1,466)
 
354 
Deferred tax assets
 
 
4,188 
 
4,172 
 
(3,456)
 
4,913 
Retirement benefit assets
 
– 
 
 
474 
 
264 
 
741 
Investment in subsidiary undertakings
 
40,534 
 
39,958 
 
– 
 
(80,492)
 
– 
Other assets
 
974 
 
1,547 
 
17,304 
 
(1,327)
 
18,498 
Total assets
 
53,711 
 
623,334 
 
885,065 
 
(627,889)
 
934,221 

1
Restated – see note 1.



 
Page 130 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC

28.         Condensed consolidating financial information (continued)

Balance sheets (continued)

At 31 December 20121
 
Company 
 
LTSB Bank 
Subsidiaries 
Consolidation  adjustments 
 
Group 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
                     
Equity and liabilities
                   
                     
Liabilities
                   
Deposits from banks
 
– 
 
214,725 
 
252,545 
 
(428,865)
 
38,405 
Customer deposits
 
10,630 
 
231,773 
 
243,785 
 
(59,276)
 
426,912 
Items in course of transmission to banks
– 
 
445 
 
551 
 
– 
 
996 
Trading and other financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
 
– 
 
10,841 
 
22,551 
 
– 
 
33,392 
Derivative financial instruments
 
– 
 
30,616 
 
33,064 
 
(15,004)
 
48,676 
Notes in circulation
 
– 
 
– 
 
1,198 
 
– 
 
1,198 
Debt securities in issue
 
545 
 
61,494 
 
75,282 
 
(20,068)
 
117,253 
Liabilities arising from insurance contracts and participating investment contracts
– 
 
– 
 
82,972 
 
(19)
 
82,953 
Liabilities arising from non-participating investment contracts
 
– 
 
– 
 
54,372 
 
– 
 
54,372 
Unallocated surplus within insurance businesses
 
– 
 
– 
 
267 
 
– 
 
267 
Other liabilities
 
111 
 
4,524 
 
44,254 
 
(2,096)
 
46,793 
Retirement benefit obligations
 
– 
 
1,121 
 
638 
 
146 
 
1,905 
Current tax liabilities
 
266 
 
10 
 
1,419 
 
(1,557)
 
138 
Deferred tax liabilities
 
– 
 
– 
 
1,903 
 
(1,576)
 
327 
Other provisions
 
– 
 
2,371 
 
1,581 
 
 
3,961 
Subordinated liabilities
 
4,349 
 
26,249 
 
26,871 
 
(23,377)
 
34,092 
Total liabilities
 
15,901 
 
584,169 
 
843,253 
 
(551,683)
 
891,640 
                     
Equity
                   
Shareholders’ equity
 
37,810 
 
39,165 
 
41,127 
 
(76,206)
 
41,896 
Non-controlling interests
 
– 
 
– 
 
685 
 
– 
 
685 
Total equity
 
37,810 
 
39,165 
 
41,812 
 
(76,206)
 
42,851 
                     
Total equity and liabilities
 
53,711 
 
623,334 
 
885,065 
 
(627,889)
 
934,221 

1
Restated – see note 1.


 
Page 131 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC

28.         Condensed consolidating financial information (continued)

Cash flow statements

For the half-year ended 30 June 2013
 
Company 
 
LTSB Bank 
Subsidiaries 
Consolidation  adjustments 
 
Group 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
                     
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
 
518 
 
(4,526)
 
(13,863)
 
550 
 
(17,321)
                     
Purchase of financial assets
 
– 
 
(23,929)
 
(1,847)
 
– 
 
(25,776)
Proceeds from sale and maturity of financial assets
 
– 
 
16,220 
 
8,057 
 
(4,630)
 
19,647 
Purchase of fixed assets
 
– 
 
(481)
 
(1,371)
 
– 
 
(1,852)
Proceeds from sale of fixed assets
 
– 
 
30 
 
1,414 
 
– 
 
1,444 
Additional capital injections to subsidiaries
 
– 
 
(607)
 
– 
 
607 
 
– 
Capital lending to LTSB Bank
 
(143)
 
– 
 
– 
 
143 
 
– 
Capital repayments by LTSB Bank
 
150 
 
– 
 
– 
 
(150)
 
– 
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash disposed
 
– 
 
(180)
 
(2)
 
180 
 
(2)
Disposal of businesses, net of cash disposed
 
– 
 
– 
 
(406)
 
(180)
 
(586)
Net cash provided by investing activities
 
 
(8,947)
 
5,845 
 
(4,030)
 
(7,125)
                     
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests
 
– 
 
– 
 
(25)
 
– 
 
(25)
Interest paid on subordinated liabilities
 
(147)
 
(939)
 
(846)
 
664 
 
(1,268)
Proceeds from issue of subordinated liabilities
 
– 
 
– 
 
1,500 
 
– 
 
1,500 
Proceeds from issue of ordinary shares
 
350 
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
350 
Repayment of subordinated liabilities
 
(2,365)
 
(3,558)
 
(951)
 
5,053 
 
(1,821)
Capital contribution received
 
– 
 
– 
 
607 
 
(607)
 
– 
Capital lending from the Company
 
– 
 
143 
 
– 
 
(143)
 
– 
Capital repayments to the Company
 
– 
 
(150)
 
– 
 
150 
 
– 
Change in non-controlling interests
 
– 
 
– 
 
 
– 
 
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
 
(2,162)
 
(4,504)
 
287 
 
5,117 
 
(1,262)
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
 
– 
 
(12)
 
– 
 
– 
 
(12)
Change in cash and cash equivalents
 
(1,637)
 
(17,989)
 
(7,731)
 
1,637 
 
(25,720)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
 
2,231 
 
75,072 
 
25,986 
 
(2,231)
 
101,058 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
 
594 
 
57,083 
 
18,255 
 
(594)
 
75,338 


 
Page 132 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


28.         Condensed consolidating financial information (continued)

Cash flow statements (continued)

For the half-year ended 30 June 20121
 
Company 
 
LTSB Bank 
Subsidiaries 
Consolidation  adjustments 
 
Group 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
                     
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
 
1,362
 
27,552 
 
5,367 
 
(11,858)
 
22,423 
                     
Purchase of financial assets
 
– 
 
(9,963)
 
(12,449)
 
10,128 
 
(12,284)
Proceeds from sale and maturity of financial assets
 
– 
 
6,390 
 
7,848 
 
– 
 
14,238 
Purchase of fixed assets
 
– 
 
(339)
 
(1,077)
 
– 
 
(1,416)
Proceeds from sale of fixed assets
 
– 
 
 
1,013 
 
– 
 
1,022 
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash disposed
 
– 
 
– 
 
(20)
 
10 
 
(10)
Disposal of businesses, net of cash disposed
 
– 
 
10 
 
 
(10)
 
Net cash provided by investing activities
 
– 
 
(3,893)
 
(4,680)
 
10,128 
 
1,555 
                     
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests
 
– 
 
– 
 
(23)
 
– 
 
(23)
Interest paid on subordinated liabilities
 
(131)
 
(216)
 
(870)
 
329 
 
(888)
Proceeds from issue of ordinary shares
 
170 
 
– 
 
– 
 
– 
 
170 
Repayment of subordinated liabilities
 
– 
 
– 
 
(15)
 
– 
 
(15)
Change in non-controlling interests
 
– 
 
– 
 
 
– 
 
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
 
39 
 
(216)
 
(901)
 
329 
 
(749)
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
 
– 
 
(9)
 
(1)
 
– 
 
(10)
Change in cash and cash equivalents
 
1,401 
 
23,434 
 
(215)
 
(1,401)
 
23,219 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
 
1,105 
 
58,949 
 
26,940 
 
(1,105)
 
85,889 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
 
2,506 
 
82,383 
 
26,725 
 
(2,506)
 
109,108 

1
Restated – see note 1.


 
Page 133 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


28.         Condensed consolidating financial information (continued)

Cash flow statements (continued)

For the half-year ended
31 December 20121
 
Company 
 
LTSB Bank 
Subsidiaries 
Consolidation  adjustments 
 
Group 
   
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
 
£m 
                     
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
 
(322)
 
(18,730)
 
643 
 
(965)
 
(19,374)
                     
Purchase of financial assets
 
– 
 
(8,862)
 
(1,542)
 
638 
 
(9,766)
Proceeds from sale and maturity of financial assets
 
– 
 
22,100 
 
1,638 
 
(312)
 
23,426 
Purchase of fixed assets
 
– 
 
(703)
 
(884)
 
– 
 
(1,587)
Proceeds from sale of fixed assets
 
– 
 
 
1,567 
 
– 
 
1,573 
Additional capital injections to subsidiaries
 
– 
 
(37)
 
– 
 
37 
 
– 
Capital repayments by subsidiaries
 
209 
 
– 
 
– 
 
(209)
 
– 
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired
 
– 
 
– 
 
(351)
 
350 
 
(1)
Disposal of businesses, net of cash disposed
 
– 
 
352 
 
32 
 
(352)
 
32 
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
 
209 
 
12,856 
 
460 
 
152 
 
13,677 
                     
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests
 
– 
 
– 
 
(33)
 
– 
 
(33)
Interest paid on subordinated liabilities
 
(162)
 
(1,226)
 
(1,017)
 
716 
 
(1,689)
Repayment of subordinated liabilities
 
– 
 
(215)
 
(634)
 
200 
 
(649)
Capital contribution received
 
– 
 
– 
 
37 
 
(37)
 
– 
Capital repayments to the Company
 
– 
 
– 
 
(209)
 
209 
 
– 
Change in non-controlling interests
 
– 
 
– 
 
16 
 
– 
 
16 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
 
(162)
 
(1,441)
 
(1,840)
 
1,088 
 
(2,355)
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
 
– 
 
 
(2)
 
– 
 
Change in cash and cash equivalents
 
(275)
 
(7,311)
 
(739)
 
275 
 
(8,050)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
 
2,506 
 
82,383 
 
26,725 
 
(2,506)
 
109,108 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
 
2,231 
 
75,072 
 
25,986 
 
(2,231)
 
101,058 

1
Restated – see note 1.

 

 
Page 134 of 135

 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP PLC


 
SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorised.
 
 
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP plc
 
       
 
By:
/s/ G Culmer
 
 
Name:
George Culmer
 
 
Title:
Group Finance Director
 
       
 
Dated:
2 August 2013
 
 
 
 
 
Page 135 of 135